Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Command Guide, Release 5.0
Chapter 3, TL1 Command Descriptions
Downloads: This chapterpdf (PDF - 6.04MB) The complete bookPDF (PDF - 9.12MB) | Feedback

TL1 Command Descriptions

Table Of Contents

TL1 Command Descriptions

3.1  TL1 Commands by Card and Category

3.2  TL1 Commands

3.2.1  ACT-USER

3.2.2  ALW-MSG-ALL

3.2.3  ALW-MSG-DBCHG

3.2.4  ALW-MSG-SECU

3.2.5  ALW-PMREPT-ALL

3.2.6  ALW-SWDX-EQPT

3.2.7  ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

3.2.8  ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

3.2.9  ALW-USER-SECU

3.2.10  APPLY

3.2.11  CANC

3.2.12  CANC-USER

3.2.13  CANC-USER-SECU

3.2.14  CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>

3.2.15  CLR-COND-SECU

3.2.16  CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>

3.2.17  COPY-IOSCFG

3.2.18  COPY-RFILE

3.2.19  DISC-TACC

3.2.20  DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

3.2.21  DLT-<MOD_RING>

3.2.22  DLT-CRS-<PATH>

3.2.23  DLT-EQPT

3.2.24  DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.25  DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.26  DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

3.2.27  DLT-LNKTERM

3.2.28  DLT-OSC

3.2.29  DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

3.2.30  DLT-ROUTE

3.2.31  DLT-TRAPTABLE

3.2.32  DLT-USER-SECU

3.2.33  DLT-VCG

3.2.34  DLT-WLEN

3.2.35  ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

3.2.36  ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

3.2.37  ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

3.2.38  ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.39  ED-<MOD_PATH>

3.2.40  ED-<MOD_RING>

3.2.41  ED-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.42  ED-ALS

3.2.43  ED-APC

3.2.44  ED-BITS

3.2.45  ED-CMD-SECU

3.2.46  ED-CRS-<PATH>

3.2.47  ED-DAT

3.2.48  ED-DS3I

3.2.49  ED-E1

3.2.50  ED-E3

3.2.51  ED-E4

3.2.52  ED-EQPT

3.2.53  ED-FAC

3.2.54  ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.55  ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.56  ED-FFP-OCH

3.2.57  ED-FSTE

3.2.58  ED-G1000

3.2.59  ED-GFP

3.2.60  ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

3.2.61  ED-LNKTERM

3.2.62  ED-NE-GEN

3.2.63  ED-NE-PATH

3.2.64  ED-NE-SYNCN

3.2.65  ED-OCH

3.2.66  ED-OMS

3.2.67  ED-OSC

3.2.68  ED-OTS

3.2.69  ED-PID

3.2.70  ED-SLV-WDMANS

3.2.71  ED-STM1E

3.2.72  ED-SYNCN

3.2.73  ED-TRAPTABLE

3.2.74  ED-TRC-OCH

3.2.75  ED-USER-SECU

3.2.76  ED-VCG

3.2.77  ED-WDMANS

3.2.78  ED-WLEN

3.2.79  ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

3.2.80  ENT-<MOD_RING>

3.2.81  ENT-CRS-<PATH>

3.2.82  ENT-EQPT

3.2.83  ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.84  ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.85  ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

3.2.86  ENT-LNKTERM

3.2.87  ENT-OSC

3.2.88  ENT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

3.2.89  ENT-ROUTE

3.2.90  ENT-TRAPTABLE

3.2.91  ENT-USER-SECU

3.2.92  ENT-VCG

3.2.93  ENT-WLEN

3.2.94  EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

3.2.95  INH-MSG-ALL

3.2.96  INH-MSG-DBCHG

3.2.97  INH-MSG-SECU

3.2.98  INH-PMREPT-ALL

3.2.99  INH-SWDX-EQPT

3.2.100  INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

3.2.101  INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

3.2.102  INH-USER-SECU

3.2.103  INIT-REG-<MOD2>

3.2.104  INIT-SYS

3.2.105  OPR-ACO-ALL

3.2.106  OPR-ALS

3.2.107  OPR-APC

3.2.108  OPR-EXT-CONT

3.2.109  OPR-LASER-OTS

3.2.110  OPR-LNK

3.2.111  OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

3.2.112  OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.113  OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.114  OPR-PROTNSW-<PATH>

3.2.115  OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

3.2.116  OPR-SLV-WDMANS

3.2.117  OPR-SYNCNSW

3.2.118  OPR-WDMANS

3.2.119  REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>

3.2.120  REPT ALM BITS

3.2.121  REPT ALM COM

3.2.122  REPT ALM ENV

3.2.123  REPT ALM EQPT

3.2.124  REPT ALM SECU

3.2.125  REPT ALM SYNCN

3.2.126  REPT DBCHG

3.2.127  REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>

3.2.128  REPT EVT BITS

3.2.129  REPT EVT COM

3.2.130  REPT EVT ENV

3.2.131  REPT EVT EQPT

3.2.132  REPT EVT FXFR

3.2.133  REPT EVT IOSCFG

3.2.134  REPT EVT SECU

3.2.135  REPT EVT SESSION

3.2.136  REPT EVT SYNCN

3.2.137  REPT PM <MOD2>

3.2.138  REPT SW

3.2.139  RLS-EXT-CONT

3.2.140  RLS-LASER-OTS

3.2.141  RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

3.2.142  RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.143  RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.144  RLS-PROTNSW-<PATH>

3.2.145  RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

3.2.146  RLS-SYNCNSW

3.2.147  RMV-<MOD2>

3.2.148  RST-<MOD2>

3.2.149  RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

3.2.150  RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

3.2.151  RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.152  RTRV-<MOD_RING>

3.2.153  RTRV-<PATH>

3.2.154  RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.155  RTRV-10GIGE

3.2.156  RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>

3.2.157  RTRV-ALM-ALL

3.2.158  RTRV-ALM-BITS

3.2.159  RTRV-ALM-ENV

3.2.160  RTRV-ALM-EQPT

3.2.161  RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

3.2.162  RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

3.2.163  RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT

3.2.164  RTRV-ALS

3.2.165  RTRV-APC

3.2.166  RTRV-ATTR-CONT

3.2.167  RTRV-ATTR-ENV

3.2.168  RTRV-BITS

3.2.169  RTRV-CMD-SECU

3.2.170  RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>

3.2.171  RTRV-COND-ALL

3.2.172  RTRV-COND-BITS

3.2.173  RTRV-COND-ENV

3.2.174  RTRV-COND-EQPT

3.2.175  RTRV-COND-SYNCN

3.2.176  RTRV-CRS

3.2.177  RTRV-CRS-<PATH>

3.2.178  RTRV-DFLT-SECU

3.2.179  RTRV-DS3I

3.2.180  RTRV-DWDM

3.2.181  RTRV-E1

3.2.182  RTRV-E3

3.2.183  RTRV-E4

3.2.184  RTRV-EQPT

3.2.185  RTRV-ESCON

3.2.186  RTRV-EXT-CONT

3.2.187  RTRV-FAC

3.2.188  RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.189  RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.190  RTRV-FFP-OCH

3.2.191  RTRV-FSTE

3.2.192  RTRV-G1000

3.2.193  RTRV-GFP

3.2.194  RTRV-GIGE

3.2.195  RTRV-HDR

3.2.196  RTRV-INV

3.2.197  RTRV-LNK

3.2.198  RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

3.2.199  RTRV-LNKTERM

3.2.200  RTRV-LOG

3.2.201  RTRV-MAP-NETWORK

3.2.202  RTRV-NE-APC

3.2.203  RTRV-NE-GEN

3.2.204  RTRV-NE-IPMAP

3.2.205  RTRV-NE-PATH

3.2.206  RTRV-NE-SYNCN

3.2.207  RTRV-NE-WDMANS

3.2.208  RTRV-NETYPE

3.2.209  RTRV-OCH

3.2.210  RTRV-OMS

3.2.211  RTRV-OPM

3.2.212  RTRV-OSC

3.2.213  RTRV-OTS

3.2.214  RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

3.2.215  RTRV-PMMODE-<VC_PATH>

3.2.216  RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

3.2.217  RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL

3.2.218  RTRV-POS

3.2.219  RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.220  RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

3.2.221  RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>

3.2.222  RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

3.2.223  RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>

3.2.224  RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

3.2.225  RTRV-ROUTE

3.2.226  RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

3.2.227  RTRV-STM1E

3.2.228  RTRV-SYNCN

3.2.229  RTRV-TACC

3.2.230  RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

3.2.231  RTRV-TH-ALL

3.2.232  RTRV-TOD

3.2.233  RTRV-TRAPTABLE

3.2.234  RTRV-TRC-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

3.2.235  RTRV-TRC-<STM_MSSPR>

3.2.236  RTRV-TRC-OCH

3.2.237  RTRV-USER-SECU

3.2.238  RTRV-VCG

3.2.239  RTRV-VT

3.2.240  RTRV-WDMANS

3.2.241  RTRV-WLEN

3.2.242  SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

3.2.243  SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

3.2.244  SET-ALMTH-EQPT

3.2.245  SET-ATTR-CONT

3.2.246  SET-ATTR-ENV

3.2.247  SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT

3.2.248  SET-PMMODE-<VC_PATH>

3.2.249  SET-TH-<MOD2>

3.2.250  SET-TOD

3.2.251  SW-DX-EQPT

3.2.252  SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

3.2.253  SW-TOWKG-EQPT


TL1 Command Descriptions


This chapter provides specific information on TL1 commands and autonomous messages for the
Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, Release 5.0, including:

TL1 commands by card and category

TL1 commands

For information on command components, such as access identifiers, see "TL1 Command Components."

3.1  TL1 Commands by Card and Category

Table 3-1 contains commands and autonomous messages applicable to the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH, and corresponding cards and categories.

Table 3-1 SDH TL1 Commands by Card and Category 

Command
ONS 15454 Card
Category

ACT-USER

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

ALW-MSG-ALL

TCC2/TCC2P

System

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

TCC2/TCC2P

Log

ALW-MSG-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

ALW-PMREPT-ALL

TCC2/TCC2P

Performance

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

XC10G

XC-VXL

Equipment

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

DS3i-N-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

Equipment

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DS3i-N-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

Equipment

ALW-USER-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

APPLY

TCC2/TCC2P

Software Download

CANC

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

CANC-USER

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

CANC-USER-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>

DS3i-N-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

STM1E-12

Troubleshooting and Test Access

CLR-COND-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>

DS3i-N-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

STM1E-12

Troubleshooting and Test Access

COPY-IOSCFG

ML1000-2,/ML100T-12

IOS

COPY-RFILE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

DISC-TACC

DS3i-N-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

STM1E-12

Troubleshooting and Test Access

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Ports

DLT-<MOD_RING>

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MS-SPRing

DLT-CRS-<PATH>

G1000-4

ML1000-2,/ML100T-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

STM1E-12

FC_MR-4

Cross Connections

DLT-EQPT

All

Equipment

DLT-FFP-
<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Protection

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32/WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

DLT-LNKTERM

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32/WSS-32

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Provisionable Patchcords

DLT-OSC

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST

DWDM

DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

G1000-4

TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

DLT-ROUTE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

DLT-TRAPTABLE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

DLT-USER-SECU

TCC2, TCC2P

Security

DLT-VCG

ML1000-2,/ML100T-12

FC_MR-4

VCAT

DLT-WLEN

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32/WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Ports

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

FC_MR-4

Ports

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

FC_MR-4

Ports

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

ED-<MOD_PATH>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

STM1E-12

FC_MR-4

Paths

ED-<MOD_RING>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MS-SPRing

ED-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

OSCM/OSC-CMS

Ports

ED-ALS

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Ports

ED-APC

TCC2/TCC2P

DWDM

ED-BITS

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

ED-CMD-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

ED-CRS-<PATH>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

STM1E-12

FC_MR-4

Cross Connections

ED-DAT

TCC2/TCC2P

System

ED-DS3I

DS3i-N-12

Ports

ED-E1

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

Ports

ED-E3

E3-12

Ports

ED-EQPT

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

STM1E-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

E100T/E1000

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Equipment

ED-FFP-
<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Protection

ED-FFP-OCH

TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

ED-G1000

G1000-4

Ports

ED-GFP

FC_MR-4

Ports

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

ED-LNKTERM

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Provisionable Patchcords

ED-NE-GEN

TCC2/TCC2P

System

ED-NE-PATH

TCC2/TCC2P

System

ED-NE-SYNCN

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

ED-OCH

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

ED-OMS

AD-1B/AD-4B

MD-4

DWDM

ED-OSC

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST

DWDM

ED-OTS

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

ED-PID

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

ED-SLV-WDMANS

TCC2/TCC2P

DWDM

ED-STM1E

STM1E-12

Ports

ED-SYNCN

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

TCC2/TCC2P

OSCM/OSC-CMS

MXP_2.5G_10G

Synchronization

ED-TRAPTABLE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

ED-TRC-OCH

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

ED-USER-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

ED-VCG

FC_MR-4

VCAT

ED-WDMANS

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

ED-WLEN

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Ports

ENT-<MOD_RING>

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MS-SPRing

ENT-CRS-<PATH>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E100T/E1000

STM1E-12

FC_MR-4

Cross Connections

ENT-EQPT

All

Equipment

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Protection

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

ENT-LNKTERM

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Provisionable Patchcords

ENT-OSC

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST

DWDM

ENT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

G1000-4

TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

ENT-ROUTE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

ENT-TRAPTABLE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

ENT-USER-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

ENT-VCG

ML-1000-2/ML100T-12

FC_MR-4

VCAT

ENT-WLEN

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MS-SPRing

INH-MSG-ALL

TCC2/TCC2P

System

INH-MSG-DBCHG

TCC2/TCC2P

Log

INH-MSG-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

INH-PMREPT-ALL

TCC2/TCC2P

Performance

INH-SWDX-EQPT

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

Equipment

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

Equipment

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

Equipment

INH-USER-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

INIT-SYS

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E100T/E1000T

TCC2/TCC2P

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

AICI/AIC

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

System

OPR-ACO-ALL

AICI/AIC

Environment

OPR-ALS

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Ports

OPR-APC

TCC2/TCC2P

DWDM

OPR-EXT-CONT

AICI/AIC

Environment

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

OPR-LNK

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

G1000-4

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

Troubleshooting and Test Access

OPR-PROTNSW-
<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Protection

OPR-PROTNSW-<PATH>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Protection

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

TCC2/TCC2P

DWDM

OPR-SYNCNSW

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

OPR-WDMANS

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

REPT ALM BITS

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

REPT ALM COM

TCC2/TCC2P

Fault

REPT ALM ENV

AICI/ACI

Environment

REPT ALM EQPT

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E100T/E1000

TCC2/TCC2P

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

AICI/AIC

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Equipment

REPT ALM SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

REPT ALM SYNCN

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

REPT DBCHG

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E100T/E1000

TCC2/TCC2P

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

AICI/AIC

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Log

REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>

All

Fault

REPT EVT BITS

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

REPT EVT COM

TCC2/TCC2P

Fault

REPT EVT ENV

AICI/AIC

Environment

REPT EVT EQPT

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E100T/E1000

TCC2/TCC2P

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

AICI/AIC

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Equipment

REPT EVT FXFR

TCC2/TCC2P

File Transfer

REPT EVT IOSCFG

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

File Transfer

REPT EVT SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

REPT EVT SESSION

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

REPT EVT SYNCN

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

REPT PM <MOD2>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

REPT SW

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

Protection

RLS-EXT-CONT

AICI/AIC

Environment

RLS-LASER-OTS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

G1000-4

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Troubleshooting and Test Access

RLS-PROTNSW-
<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Protection

RLS-PROTNSW-<PATH>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Protection

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RLS-SYNCNSW

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

RMV-<MOD2>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Facility

RST-<MOD2>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Facility

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

FC_MR-4

Ports

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

FC_MR-4

Ports

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RTRV-<MOD_RING>

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MS-SPRing

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

OSCM/OSC-CMS

Ports

RTRV-<PATH>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

FC_MR-4

Path

RTRV-10GIGE

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

Ports

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E100T/E1000

TCC2/TCC2P

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

AICI/AIC

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Fault

RTRV-ALM-ALL

All

Fault

RTRV-ALM-BITS

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

RTRV-ALM-ENV

AICI/AIC

Environment

RTRV-ALM-EQPT

All

Equipment

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

TCC2/TCC2P

MXP_2.5G_10G

Synchronization

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

Equipment

RTRV-ALS

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Ports

RTRV-APC

TCC2/TCC2P

DWDM

RTRV-ATTR-CONT

AICI/AIC

Environment

RTRV-ATTR-ENV

AICI/AIC

Environment

RTRV-BITS

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

RTRV-CMD-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>

All

Fault

RTRV-COND-ALL

All

Fault

RTRV-COND-BITS

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

RTRV-COND-ENV

AICI/AIC

Environment

RTRV-COND-EQPT

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

E100T/E1000

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

AICI/AIC

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Equipment

RTRV-COND-SYNCN

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

RTRV-CRS

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

FC_MR-4

Cross Connections

RTRV-CRS-<PATH>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

FC_MR-4

Cross Connections

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

RTRV-DS3I

DS3i-N-12

Ports

RTRV-DWDM

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RTRV-E1

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

Ports

RTRV-E3

E3-12

Ports

RTRV-EQPT

All

Equipment

RTRV-ESCON

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

Ports

RTRV-EXT-CONT

AICI/AIC

Environment

RTRV-FAC

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Ports

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

DWDM

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Protection

RTRV-FFP-OCH

TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RTRV-FSTE

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

Ports

RTRV-G1000

G1000-4

Ports

RTRV-GFP

FC_MR-4

Ports

RTRV-GIGE

ML1000-2

TXP_MR_2.5G

TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_MR_2.5G

MXPP_MR_2.5G

Ports

RTRV-HDR

TCC2/TCC2P

System

RTRV-INV

All

System

RTRV-LNK

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

RTRV-LNKTERM

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Provisionable Patchcords

RTRV-LOG

TCC2/TCC2P

Log

RTRV-MAP-NETWORK

TCC2/TCC2P

Network

RTRV-NE-APC

TCC2/TCC2P

DWDM

RTRV-NE-GEN

TCC2/TCC2P

System

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Network

RTRV-NE-PATH

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

TCC2/TCC2P

FC_MR-4

System

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

TCC2/TCC2P

Synchronization

RTRV-NETYPE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

TCC2/TCC2P

DWDM

RTRV-OCH

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RTRV-OMS

AD-1B/AD-4B

MD-4

DWDM

RTRV-OPM

WSS-32

DWDM

RTRV-OSC

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-PRE

DWDM

RTRV-OTS

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AICI/AIC

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

RTRV-PMMODE-<VC_PATH>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

Performance

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

RTRV-POS

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

 

RTRV-PROTNSW-
<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Protection

RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

FC_MR-4

Protection

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

FC_MR-4

Protection

RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

G1000-4

TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G

TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

RTRV-ROUTE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

TCC2/TCC2P

DWDM

RTRV-SYNCN

TCC2/TCC2P

OSCM/OSC-CMS

MXP_2.5G_10G

Synchronization

RTRV-TACC

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Troubleshooting and Test Access

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Performance

RTRV-TH-ALL

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

Performance

RTRV-TOD

TCC2/TCC2P

System

RTRV-TRAPTABLE

TCC2/TCC2P

System

RTRV-TRC-<STM_MSSPR>

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

MS-SPRing

RTRV-TRC-OCH

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

RTRV-USER-SECU

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

RTRV-VC

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-42

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

FC_MR-4

Paths

RTRV-VCG

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

FC_MR-4

VCAT

RTRV-WDMANS

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

RTRV-WLEN

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

DWDM

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

G1000-4

ML1000-2/ML100T-12

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

DWDM

SET-ALMTH-EQPT

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

Equipment

SET-ATTR-CONT

AICI/AIC

Environment

SET-ATTR-ENV

AICI/AIC

Environment

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT

TCC2/TCC2P

Security

SET-PMMODE-<VC_PATH>

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

Performance

SET-TH-<MOD2>

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

STM1/STM1-8

STM4/STM4-4

STM16/STM16 AS

STM64

AD-1B/AD-4B

AD-1C/AD-2C/AD-4C

MD-4

MUX-32/DMX-32

WSS-32

OSCM/OSC-CMS

OPT-BST/OPT-PRE

MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G

TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G

MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E

MXP_MR_2.5G/MXPP_MR_2.5G

FC_MR-4

Performance

SET-TOD

TCC2/TCC2P

System

SW-DX-EQPT

XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G

Equipment

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

Equipment

SW-TOWKG-EQPT

E1-14/E1-14N

E1-42/E1-42N

E3-12

DS3i-N-12

STM1E-12

Equipment


3.2  TL1 Commands

The commands and autonomous messages used for ONS 15454 SDH are described in detail in this section and are listed alphabetically according to the first alpha character of the command string.

Each TL1 command must be less than or equal to 255 characters. Any command larger than 255 characters must be split into multiple commands. For example, if you use the ED-<MOD_PATH> command to edit the J1 EXPTRC/TRC message, SNCP attributes, and TACC attributes and the command exceeds 255 characters the command will not be processed. You must use multiple ED-<MOD_PATH> commands instead.


Note The CTAG of any TL1 line mode command is a mandatory field in this TL1 release.



Note The AID definitions provided are supersets of the actual AID definitions.



Note TL1 commands that are entered incorrectly are not completed.



Note The ACT-USER command will return a DENY without any error message. Any other command will return DENY with the PLNA (Privilege, Login Not Active) error message.


3.2.1  ACT-USER

Activate User

Usage Guidelines

This command opens a session with the Network Element (NE).

Notes:

1. Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, COPY-RFILE, COPY-IOSCFG, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session via any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is re-issued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to re-issuing it.

2. For the ACT-USER command, it is required that no error code be transmitted except to convey that the login is granted or denied. Per TR-835, Appendix A, Section A.2:

"... the error codes corresponding to ACT ... do not apply to the ACT-USER command because this command requires that no error code be provided to the session request except to indicate that it has been denied. Before a session is established, a specific error code may reveal clues to an intruder attempting unauthorized entry."

3. The following feature can be turned on or off and the default is off: A new user must change his or her password after establishing a session for the first time before continuing. All TL1 commands except for ED-PID and CANC-USER will be denied until the password is changed. Once the password has been changed, a user can execute any command that his security level allows. If the user logs out without changing his password each following session will DENY all commands, except ED-PID and CANC-USER, until the password is changed.

Category

Security

Security

N/A

Related Commands

ALW-MSG-ALL

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

ALW-MSG-SECU

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER

CANC-USER-SECU

CLR-COND-SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-DAT

ED-NE-GEN

ED-NE-PATH

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

INIT-SYS

REPT ALM SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

ED-NE-SYNCN

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-TOD

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT

SET-TOD


Input Format

ACT-USER:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<PID>;

Input Example

ACT-USER:PETALUMA:TERRI:100::MYPASSWD;

Input Parameters

Table 3-2 ACT-USER Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

UID

The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. UID can be any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String. Must not be null

PID

The user password. PID is any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. Passwords are encrypted for security reasons and will be displayed as asterisks (*). String. Must not be null


Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<UID>:<LASTLOGINTIME>,<UNSUCCESSFULLOGINS>"
;

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"TERRI:2003-01-02 14-04-49,0"
;

Output Parameters

Table 3-3 ACT-USER Output Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

UID

The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. UID can be any combination of up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String. Must not be null

LASTLOGINTIME

The date and time of the last successful connection to the NE (not including current login). String

UNSUCCESSFULLOGINS

The number of unsuccessful login attempts since the last successful login. Integer


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.2  ALW-MSG-ALL

Allow Message All

Usage Guidelines

This command instructs the NE to enter a mode in which all the REPT ALM and REPT EVT autonomous messages are transmitted. See the INH-MSG-ALL command to inhibit these autonomous messages. When a TL1 session starts, the REPT ALM and REPT EVT messages are allowed by default.


Note If this command is issued twice in the same session, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message will be returned. The optional fields in the e block are not supported.


Category

System

Security

Retrieve

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

ALW-MSG-SECU

ED-DAT

ED-NE-GEN

ED-NE-PATH

ED-NE-SYNCN

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

INH-MSG-SECU

INIT-SYS

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-TOD

SET-TOD


Input Format

ALW-MSG-ALL:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>[::,,];

Input Example

ALW-MSG-ALL:PETALUMA:ALL:549;

Input Parameters

Table 3-4 ALW-MSG-ALL Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier. Support is limited to AID ALL. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.3  ALW-MSG-DBCHG

Allow Database Change Message

Usage Guidelines

This command enables REPT DBCHG. When a TL1 session starts, the REPT DBCHG messages are not allowed by default.

Category

Log

Security

Retrieve

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-ALL

ALW-MSG-SECU

ED-DAT

ED-NE-GEN

ED-NE-PATH

ED-NE-SYNCN

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

INH-MSG-SECU

INIT-SYS

REPT DBCHG

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-LOG

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-TOD

SET-TOD


Input Format

ALW-MSG-DBCHG:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::,,];

Input Example

ALW-MSG-DBCHG:CISCO::123;

Input Parameters

Table 3-5 ALW-MSG-DBCHG Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

 

Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.4  ALW-MSG-SECU

Allow Message Security

Usage Guidelines

This command enables REPT EVT SECU and REPT ALM SECU autonomous messages.

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-ALL

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER

CANC-USER-SECU

CLR-COND-SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-DAT

ED-NE-GEN

ED-NE-PATH

ED-NE-SYNCN

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

INIT-SYS REPT

ALM SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-TOD

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT

SET-TOD


Input Format

ALW-MSG-SECU:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

ALW-MSG-SECU:PETALUMA::123;

Input Parameters

Table 3-6 ALW-MSG-SECU Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

 

Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.5  ALW-PMREPT-ALL

Allow Performance Report All

Usage Guidelines

This command resumes processing all the PM reports that are inhibited. The allowance of the PM reporting is session-based, which means the command is only effective to the TL1 session that issues this command.

Category

Performance

Security

Retrieve

Related Commands

INH-PMREPT-ALL

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

REPT PM <MOD2>

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMMODE-<VC_PATH>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

RTRV-TH-ALL

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-PMMODE-<VC_PATH>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ALW-PMREPT-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>;

Input Example

ALW-PMREPT-ALL:CISCONODE::123;

Input Parameters

Table 3-7 ALW-PMREPT-ALL Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

 

Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.6  ALW-SWDX-EQPT

Allow Switch Duplex Equipment

Usage Guidelines

This command allows automatic or manual switching on a duplex system containing duplexed or redundant equipment. To inhibit an NE switching to duplex, use the INH-SWDX-EQPT command.

ALW-SWDX-EQPT is not used for SDH line or electrical card protection switching. For SDH line or path protection switching commands, see OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands. For the electrical card protection switching, see the SW-TOWKG-EQPT and SW-TOPROTN-EQPT commands.


Note This command applies to the XC10G or XCVXL-2.5G/XCVXL-10G equipment units only in this release.


Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Commands

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-EQPT

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FFP-OCH

ENT-EQPT

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT ALM EQPT

REPT EVT EQPT

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-ALM-EQPT

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT

RTRV-COND-EQPT

RTRV-EQPT

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

SET-ALMTH-EQPT

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ALW-SWDX-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::];

Input Example

ALW-SWDX-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-8:1234;

Input Parameters

Table 3-8 ALW-SWDX-EQPT Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier for XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G from the "EQPT" section


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.7  ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

Allow Switch to Protection Equipment

Usage Guidelines

This command allows automatic or manual switching of an equipment unit back to a protection status. Use the INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT command to inhibit an NE from switching to protection.

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT is used for electrical cards that can participate in and electrical protection group (e.g. E1, E3, E4, and DS3i-N-12). When this command is given to a working unit, the working unit will be allowed to switch to the protection unit. When this command is given to a protection unit, any working unit in the protection group is allowed to switch to the protection unit.

The standing condition of INHSWPR on the unit specified by the AID will be cleared.

Notes:

1. This command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. A command with any other value is considered an incorrect use of the command. An IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message should be responsed.

2. This command is not used for the common control (TCC2/TCC2P or XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G) cards. A command on a common control card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.

3. This command is not used for SDH (STM) cards. A command on an SDH card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access identifier) error message. To use an SDH card switching command, use OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands.

4. If this command is used on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be responsed.

5. If this command is used on a card that is not in the inhibit state, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message should be responsed.

6. The following situation(s) are allowed and will not generate any error response: Sending this command to missing cards as long as none of the previous error conditions apply.

Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-EQPT

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FFP-OCH

ENT-EQPT

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT ALM EQPT

REPT EVT EQPT

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-ALM-EQPT

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT

RTRV-COND-EQPT

RTRV-EQPT

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

SET-ALMTH-EQPT

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<DIRN>];

Input Example

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123::BTH;

Input Parameters

Table 3-9 ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier. This parameter can either be the protection unit for which carrying traffic is to be allowed (release of lockout) or the working unit for which switching to protect is to be allowed (release of lock on). Values are in the "EQPT" section

DIRN

The direction relative to the entity defined in the AID field.Tthe direction of the switching. This command only supports one value of the DIRN parameter, BTH. Defaults to BTH

 

Parameter type is DIRECTION—transmit and receive directions

BTH

Both transmit and receive directions


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.8  ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

Allow Switch to Working Equipment

Usage Guidelines

This command allows automatic or manual switching of an equipment unit back to a working status. Use the INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT command to inhibit an NE from switching to working. ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT is used for electrical cards that can participate in an electrical protection group (e.g. E1, E3, E4, and DS3i-N-12).

When this command is given to a working unit, the working unit will be allowed to carry traffic. In the case of revertive protection, the traffic will switch immediately from the protection unit to the working unit regardless of the reversion time setting.

When this command is given to a protection unit, the protection unit will be allowed to switch back to the working unit currently protected as long as the working unit has not raised INHSWWKG. In the case of revertive protection, the traffic will switch immediately from the protection unit to the working unit regardless of the reversion time setting. In the case of non-revertive protection, the protection unit will continue to carry the traffic.

The standing condition of INHSWWKG on the unit specified by the AID will be cleared.

Notes:

1. This command only supports one value of the <DIRN> parameter - BTH. A command with any other value is considered an incorrect use of the command. An IDNV (Input, Data Not Valid) error message should be responsed.

2. This command is not used for the common control (TCC2/TCC2P or XC10G/XCVXL-10G/XCVXL-2.5G) cards. A command on a common control card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use the common control card switching commands, use the SW-DX-EQPT and ALW-SWDX-EQPT commands.

3. This command is not used for SDH (STM) cards. A command on an SDH card will receive an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message. To use an SDH card switching command, use the OPR-PROTNSW and RLS-PROTNSW commands.

4. If this command is used on a card that is not in a protection group, the SNVS (Status, Not in Valid State) error message should be responsed.

5. If this command is used on a card that is not in the inhibit state, the SAAL (Status, Already Allowed) error message should be responsed.

6. The following situation(s) are allowed and will not generate any error response: sending this command to missing cards as long as none of the previous error conditions apply.

Category

Equipment

Security

Maintenance

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

DLT-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-EQPT

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FFP-OCH

ENT-EQPT

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT ALM EQPT

REPT EVT EQPT

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-ALM-EQPT

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT

RTRV-COND-EQPT

RTRV-EQPT

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

SET-ALMTH-EQPT

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<DIRN>];

Input Example

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123::BTH;

Input Parameters

Table 3-10 ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier. This parameter can either be the protection unit for which carrying traffic is to be allowed (release of lockout) or the working unit for which switching to protect is to be allowed (release of lock on). Values are in the "EQPT" section

DIRN

The direction relative to the entity defined in the AID field. The direction of the switching. This command only supports one value of the DIRN parameter, BTH. Defaults to BTH

 

Parameter type is DIRECTION—transmit and receive directions

BTH

Both transmit and receive directions


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.9  ALW-USER-SECU

Allow User Security

Usage Guidelines

This command enables a userid that has been disabled using the INH-USER-SECU command so the user can reestablish a session with the NE.

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER

CANC-USER-SECU

CLR-COND-SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

REPT ALM SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT


Input Format

ALW-USER-SECU:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::<UID>;

Input Example

ALW-USER-SECU:PETALUMA::123::UID;

Input Parameters

Table 3-11 ALW-USER-SECU Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

UID

The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. UID can be a list of userids separated by "&". The keyword ALL may not be used to specify all users on an NE. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.10  APPLY

Apply

Usage Guidelines

This command activates or reverts a software load during a software upgrade or downgrade process.


Note An error will be generated if you attempt to activate an older software load or attempt to revert to a newer software load.


Category

File Transfer

Security

Superuser

Related Commands

COPY-RFILE

REPT EVT FXFR

 

Input Format

APPLY:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::<MEM_SW_TYPE>];

Input Example

APPLY:CISCO::123::ACT;

Input Parameters

Table 3-12 APPLY Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

MEM_SW_TYPE

Memory switch action during the software upgrade

 

Parameter type is DL_TYPE—indicates software download type

ACT

Activates to a newer software load during the software download

RVRT

Reverts to an older software load during software download


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.11  CANC

Cancel

Usage Guidelines

Reports the occurrence of a session timeout event.

CANC is an autonomous message transmitted by the NE to a user when a session established by that user is terminated because no messages were exchanged for a long period of time, a timeout. There is a default timeout period based on the user's privilege/security level. Beginning with Release 4.0 timeouts can be provisioned through CTC. Beginning with Release 4.6, timeouts can be provisioned with the SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT command. The default timeouts based on privilege/security level are: superuser [SUPER] has the timeout period of 15 minutes, the Provision user [PROV] has the timeout period of 30 minutes, the Maintenance [MAINT] user has the timeout period of 60 minutes, the Retrieve user [RTRV] has no timeout.

When a timeout occurs, the corresponding port drops and the next session initiation at that port requires the regular login procedure.

The CANC message is only used to indicate that a session has been terminated because of a timeout. If a session is terminated for a different reason (e.g., forced logout, loss of communication), the REPT EVT SESSION message is used.

Category

Security

Security

Retrieve

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-SECU

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC-USER

CANC-USER-SECU

CLR-COND-SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

REPT ALM SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT


Output Format

SID DATE TIME
A ATAG CANC
"<UID>"
;

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
A 100.100 CANC
"CISCO15"
;

Output Parameters

Table 3-13 CANC Output Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

UID

The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. Refers to the userid of a user whose session is terminated due to timeout. String


3.2.12  CANC-USER

Cancel User

Usage Guidelines

This command logs a user out of an active session with the NE.


Note The USERID field of this command is a mandatory field.


For the CANC-USER command: CANC-USER:[TID]:[STRING]:CTAG

the syntax of the userid (first [STRING]) is not checked. Invalid syntax for the userid is permitted and the userid must not exceed 10 characters.

Category

Security

Security

Retrieve

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-SECU

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER-SECU

CLR-COND-SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

REPT ALM SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT


Input Format

CANC-USER:[<TID>]:<USERID>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

CANC-USER:PETALUMA:TERRI:101;

Input Parameters

Table 3-14 CANC-USER Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

USERID

Identifies the user to the system. USERID can be up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1Table 6-1.

3.2.13  CANC-USER-SECU

Cancel User Security

Usage Guidelines

This command forces a user off of the NE.

The UID specified can be a single userid or a list of userids separated by `&'. The keyword ALL is not permitted. The UID specified cannot be the userid of the administrator issuing the command.


Note This command will log out ALL sessions on the NE (TL1 and CTC) of a user whose userid matches the UID specified in the command.


Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-SECU

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER

CLR-COND-SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

REPT ALM SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT


Input Format

CANC-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

CANC-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO10:100;

Input Parameters

Table 3-15 CANC-USER-SECU Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

UID

The user identifier (userid) of the person logged in. UID can be a list of userids separated by "&". The keyword ALL may not be used to specify all users on an NE. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.14  CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>

Change Test Access Mode (DS3I, E1, E3, VC3, VC44C, VC38C, VC464C, VC48C, VC36C, VC4, VC416C, VC42C, VC43C, VC12)

Usage Guidelines

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

This command changes the test access (TACC) mode for the circuit being tested. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section.

This may be a change from monitoring the data to inserting data into the VC. This command can only be applied to an existing TAP connection.

For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<VC_PATH> or ED-VC12 command. Intrusive test access modes are traffic-affecting. If a facility/path is connected to a TAP in an intrusive test access mode, it is forced to go into the Locked-Maintenance state. The forced transition could be traffic-affecting. The present state of the facility/path is stored by the NE and is restored when the TAP connection is brought down. Test access connections are dropped automatically if the TL1 session is terminated or is timed out.

Notes:

1. If there is no TAP connection, a DENY error message is returned.

2. If a requested condition already exists, a SRCN error message is returned.

3. If a requested access configuration is invalid, a SRAC error message is returned

4. If a requested TAP does not exist, a RTEN error message is returned.

Category

Troubleshooting and Test Access

Security

Maintenance

Related Commands

CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>

DISC-TACC

RTRV-TACC


Input Format

CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC>:[<TID>]:<TAP>: <CTAG>::<MD>;

Input Example

CHG-ACCMD-VC3:CISCO:8:123::MONE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-16 CHG-ACCMD-<MOD_TACC> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

TAP

The Test Access Path number. TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999. String

Note This command only supports changing the mode for a single TAP number at a time.

MD

The test access mode. (SPLTE, SPLTF, LOOPE and LOOPF require an external QRS input signal.) Single FAD Test Access does not support MONEF, SPLTEF & SPLTAB modes

 

Parameter type is TACC_MODE—test access mode

LOOPE

Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from E direction to the line outgoing in the E direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode

LOOPF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from F direction to the line outgoing in the F direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode

MONE

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the A transmission path of the accessed circuit

MONEF

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD1 to a DFAD, or the odd pair of a FAP, to the A transmission path and from FAD2 of the same DFAD, or the even pair of a FAP, to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.

MONF

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.

SPLTA

Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the A transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the A transmission path. Intrusive test access mode

SPLTB

Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the B transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the B transmission path. Intrusive test access mode

SPLTE

Indicates to split both the A and B paths and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode

SPLTEF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to FAD1 and the F side to FAD2. Intrusive test access mode

SPLTF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the F side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.15  CLR-COND-SECU

Clear security condition

Usage Guidelines

This command clears the specified standing condition.


Note In R5.0, only INTRUSION-PSWD is supported.


Category

Security

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-SECU

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER

CANC-USER-SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

REPT ALM <MOD2ALM>

REPT ALM BITS

REPT ALM COM

REPT ALM ENV

REPT ALM EQPT

REPT ALM SECU

REPT ALM SYNCN

REPT EVT <MOD2ALM>

REPT EVT BITS

REPT EVT COM

REPT EVT ENV

REPT EVT EQPT

REPT EVT FXFR

REPT EVT IOSCFG

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

REPT EVT SYNCN

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>

RTRV-ALM-ALL

RTRV-ALM-BITS

RTRV-ALM-ENV

RTRV-ALM-EQPT

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>

RTRV-COND-ALL

RTRV-COND-BITS

RTRV-COND-ENV

RTRV-COND-EQPT

RTRV-COND-SYNCN

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT


Input Format

CLR-COND-SECU:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[::<SECUALMTYPE>];

Input Example

CLR-COND-SECU:CISCO::123::INTRUSION-PSWD:

Input Parameters

Table 3-17 CLR-COND-SECU Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SECUALMTYPE

Secure alarm type. Defaults to INTRUSION-PSWD

 

Parameter type is SECUALMTYPE—security alarm type

INTRUSION-PSWD

Condition raised after an invalid password is used during login. Condition is raised only if the password is used a specified number of times.


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.16  CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>

Connect Test Access (DS3I, E1, E3, VC3, VC44C, VC38C, VC464C, VC48C, VC36C, VC4, VC416C, VC42C, VC43C, VC12)

Usage Guidelines

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

This command connects the VC or VT defined by AID to the VC specified by the TAP number. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section.

For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<VC_PATH> or ED-VC12 command. Intrusive test access modes are traffic-affecting. If a facility/path is connected to a TAP in an intrusive test access mode, it is forced to go into the Locked-Maintenance state. The forced transition could be traffic-affecting. The present state of the facility/path is stored by the NE and is restored when the TAP connection is brought down. Test access connections are dropped automatically if the TL1 session is terminated or is timed out.

Notes:

1. If all TAPs are busy, a RABY error message is returned.

2. If a requested TAP is busy, a RTBY error message is returned.

3. If a requested TAP does not exist, a RTEN error message is returned.

4. If a circuit is already connected to another TAP, a SCAT error message is returned.

5. If a requested condition already exists, a SRCN error message is returned.

6. If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Input, Invalid Access Identifier) error message is returned.

7. If an access is not supported, an EANS error message is returned.

8. If a requested access configuration is invalid, a SRAC error message is returned.

9. A connection can be made to a cross-connection in which case all modes of access are supported. A connection to an Unmapped AID (AID without a cross-connect on it) will allow only MONE, SPLTE, and LOOPE modes.

10. A connection to the protect path of a 1+1, 1:1, or 1:N is not allowed; however, connecting to the PCA path of a two-fiber or four-fiber MS-SPRing is supported. This will be preempted when a MS-SPRing switch occurs.

11. When you connect a TACC to a protect SNCP trunk, you will always be connected to the working trunk instead.

Category

Troubleshooting and Test Access

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DISC-TACC

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RTRV-TACC


Input Format

CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::<TAP>:MD=<MD>;

Input Example

CONN-TACC-VC3:CISCO:VC4-2-1-4:123::8:MD=MONE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-18 CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SRC

Source AID from the "ALL" section. SRC must not be null

TAP

The Test Access Path number. The TAP number is used to identify all messages between TSC and NE until the access point is released. TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999. TAP must not be null

MD

The test access mode. (SPLTE, SPLTF, LOOPE and LOOPF require an external QRS input signal.) Single FAD Test Access does not support MONEF, SPLTEF & SPLTAB modes. MD must not be null

 

Parameter type is TACC_MODE—test access mode

LOOPE

Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from E direction to the line outgoing in the E direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode

LOOPF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from F direction to the line outgoing in the F direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode

MONE

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the A transmission path of the accessed circuit

MONEF

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD1 to a DFAD, or the odd pair of a FAP, to the A transmission path and from FAD2 of the same DFAD, or the even pair of a FAP, to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.

MONF

Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit.

SPLTA

Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the A transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the A transmission path. Intrusive test access mode

SPLTB

Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the B transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the B transmission path. Intrusive test access mode

SPLTE

Indicates to split both the A and B paths and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode

SPLTEF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to FAD1 and the F side to FAD2. Intrusive test access mode

SPLTF

Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the F side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode


Output Format

SID DATE TIME

M CTAG COMPLD

"<TAP>"

;

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00

M 001 COMPLD

"8"

;

Output Parameters

Table 3-19 CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC> Output Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

TAP

The Test Access Path number. The TAP number is used to identify all messages between TSC and NE until the access point is released. TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.17  COPY-IOSCFG

Copy IOS Config File

Usage Guidelines

Cisco ONS 15454

This command supports the following types of operations on the IOS configuration file of ML-Series Ethernet cards:

1. Uploading of startup IOS configuration file from the network to the node.

FTP is the only protocol allowed for uploading. When doing this operation, the SRC field must be a FTP URL string specifying the user name and password for FTP authentication, and specifying the host and the directory to locate the startup config file from the network. The DEST field must be a string of "STARTUP".

2. Downloading of startup IOS configuration file from the node to the network.

FTP is the only protocol allowed for downloading. When doing this operation, the SRC field must be a string of "STARTUP". The DEST field must be a FTP URL string specifying the user name and password for FTP authentication, and specifying the host and the directory to store the startup config file.


Note FTP timeout is 30 seconds and is not configurable.


Notes:

1. The IOS configuration file is unique for each ML-Series card, and is specified by the SLOT number in the AID field of the command.

2. In the GNE/ENE environment, if the GNE firewall exists, the download (backup) of IOS configuration file via TL1 is not allowed. Any such attempt will receive a "Data Connection Error" from the GNE. For the upload of IOS configuration file via TL1, GNE will allow it to go through the firewall only if the file contains the header "! Cisco IOS config <text>". If the configuration file does not contain this header, GNE will block the uploading with "Data Connection Error".

3. The format of the FTP URL string used in the SRC or DEST field of the command is as follows:

In a non-firewall environment, the format of the URL should be
"FTP://[FTPUSER[:FTPPASSWORD]]@FTPHOST/PACKAGE_PATH" where:
<FTPUSER> is the userid to connect to the computer with the package file
<FTPPASSWORD> is the password used to connect to the computer with the package file
<FTPHOST> is the IP address of the computer with the package file, DNS lookup of hostnames is not supported
<PACKAGE_PATH> is the long path name to the package file


Note Note that USERID and PASSWORD are optional if the user does not need to log into the host computer. Also note that the password may be optional if the user does not need to log in. All the other portions of the URL are required, including the initial "FTP:\\" string.


In a firewall environment, the hostname should be replaced with a list of IP addresses each separated by a @ character. The first IP address should be for the machine where the package file is stored. Subsequent IP addresses should then be for firewall machines moving outwards towards the edge of the network, until the final IP address listed was the machine that outside users first access the network.

For example: if your topology is "FTPHOST <-> GNE3 <->GNE2 <-> GNE1 <-> ENE", your FTP URL will be: FTP://FTPUSER:FTPPASSWORD@FTPHOST@GNE3@GNE2@GNE1/PACKAGE_PATH

Category

File Transfer

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

REPT EVT IOSCFG

   

Input Format

COPY-IOSCFG:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::SRC=<SRC>,DEST=<DEST>;

Input Example

COPY-IOSCFG::SLOT-1:CTAG::SRC="LONG_FTP_PATH",DEST="STARTUP";

Input Parameters

Table 3-20 COPY-IOSCFG Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier. Specifies the slot number of the card where the IOS configuration file belongs. AID is from the "EQPT" section

SRC

Source AID. Specifies where the IOS configuration file is copied from. String

DEST

Specifies where the IOS configuration file is copied to. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.18  COPY-RFILE

Copy File

Usage Guidelines

This command downloads a new software package from the location specified by the FTP URL. It is also used to backup and restore the system database.


Note Since Release 5.0, PACKAGE_PATH is relative to your home directory, instead of being an absolute path from the root directory of the NE. If you want to specify an absolute path, start the path with the string '%2F'.



Note FTP timeout is 30 seconds and is not configurable.


In order to upload package files or restore databases from a host, the host must be running an FTP server application. If the host is not running an FTP server application, the command fails indicating that the NE was unable to connect to the remote IP address (host). A host can either be a PC or a workstation running an FTP Server Application.

Userid is the userid to connect to the computer with the package file or system database.

Password is the password used to connect to the computer with the package file or system database.

Hostname is the hostname or IP address of the computer with the package file or system database.

PACKAGE_PATH is the long path name to the package file starting from the home directory of the logged-in user.

All the other portions of the URL are required, including the initial "FTP://" string.

Example:

COPY-RFILE:TID:RFILE-PKG:703::TYPE=SWDL,SRC="FTP://USERID:
PASSWORD@HOSTIP:21/DIR1/DIR2/DIR3/PACKAGE.PKG";

Notes:

1. The SWDL type is used for software package uploads. The RFBU type is used for system database backups, and the RFR type is used for system database restores. The SRC input is required when the type is SWDL or RFR. The DEST input is needed when the type is RFBU. The SRC and DEST inputs cannot both be used in the same command.

2. FTP is the only allowed file transfer method.

3. The extended FTP URL syntax is required by the COPY-RFILE syntax.

4. FTP_PORT defaults to 21 and is optional. Leaving this field blank defaults to 21.

5. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

File Transfer

Security

Superuser

Related Commands

APPLY

COPY-IOSCFG

REPT EVT FXFR

REPT EVT IOSCFG


Input Format

COPY-RFILE:[<TID>]:[<SRC>]:<CTAG>::TYPE=<XFERTYPE>,[SRC=<SRC1>,]
[DEST=<DEST>,][OVWRT=<OVWRT>,][FTTD=<FTTD>];

Input Example

COPY-RFILE:HERNDON:RFILE-PKG:703::TYPE=SWDL,SRC="LONG_FTP_PATH",
DEST="LONG_FTP_PATH",OVWRT=YES,FTTD="FTTD_URI";

Input Parameters

Table 3-21 COPY-RFILE Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SRC

Source AID. The type of file being transferred. From the AID "RFILE" section

XFERTYPE

The file transfer protocol

 

Parameter type is TX_TYPE—specifies the type and direction of the file transferred

RFBU

Remote File Backup. Applicable for Maintenance User (and above)

RFR

Remote File Restore. Applicable for Superuser

SWDL

Software Download. Applicable for Maintenance User (and above)

SRC1

Specifies the source of the file to be transferred. Only the FTP URL is supported. In a non-firewall environment the format of the URL should be: "FTP://FTP_USER[:FTP_PASSWORD]]@FTP_HOST_IP[:FTP_PORT]
/PACKAGE_PATH[;TYPE=I]"
where:

<FTP_USER> is the userid to connect to the computer with the package file

<FTP_PASSWORD> is the password used to connect to the computer with the package file

<FTP_HOST_IP> is the IP address of the computer with the package file, DNS lookup of hostnames is not supported

<FTP_PORT> defaults to 21

<PACKAGE_PATH> is the long path name to the package file starting from the home directory of the logged-in user.

In a firewall environment, the hostname should be replaced with a list of IP addresses each separated by a @ character. The first IP address should be for the machine where the package file is stored. Subsequent IP addresses should then be for firewall machines moving outwards towards the edge of the network, until the final IP address listed is the machine that outside users first access the network.

For example, if the topology is "FTP_HOST_IP <-> GNE3 <->GNE2 <-> GNE1 <-> ENE", the FTP URL is:

FTP://FTP_USER:FTP_PASSWORD@FTP_HOST_IP@GNE3@GNE2@
GNE1/PACKAGE_PATH. String

DEST

Specifies the destination of the file to be transferred. The comments for the SRC parameter (above) are also valid for DEST. String

OVWRT

If OVWRT is YES, then files should be overwritten. If OVWRT is NO, then file transfers will fail if the file already exists at the destination. Using the NO value will result in a error message. The NO value is not supported for database restore or software download

 

Parameter type is YES_NO—indicates whether the user's password is about to expire; the user is logged into the NE or the user is locked out of the NE

NO

No

YES

Yes

FTTD

The format of the URI should be "FTTD://[FTTD_USER][:FTTD_PASSWORD]]@FTTD_HOST_TID" where:

FTTD_USER is the userid to connect to the FTTD host

FTTD_PASSWORD is the password used to connect to FTTD host

FTTD_HOST_IP is the TID of the FTTD host, DNS and NSAP names are not supported

String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.19  DISC-TACC

Disconnect Test Access

Usage Guidelines

This command disconnects the TAP and puts the connection back to its original state (no splits). For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section.

For this command to be applicable, you must first create the TAP using the ED-<VC_PATH> or ED-VC12 command.

If the test access connection is intrusive, the original state of the facility/path is restored after this command is executed. Test access connections are dropped automatically if the TL1 session is terminated or is timed out

Notes:

1. If you send this command to an already disconnected connection, a SADC error message is returned.

2. If the system cannot release TAP, an SRTN error message is returned.

Category

Troubleshooting and Test Access

Security

Maintenance

Related Commands

CONN-TACC-<MOD_TACC>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RTRV-TACC


Input Format

DISC-TACC:[<TID>]:<TAP>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

DISC-TACC:CISCO:8:123;

Input Parameters

Table 3-22 DISC-TACC Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

TAP

The Test Access Path number. TAP number must be an integer with a range of 1 to 999. String

Note This command only supports disconnecting one TAP at a time


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.20  DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

Delete (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ESCON, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, STM4, STM64, STM1, STM16, T3)

Usage Guidelines

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

This command deletes the specified port.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::::];

Input Example

DLT-GIGE:TID:FAC-5-1:1;

Input Parameters

Table 3-23 DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.21  DLT-<MOD_RING>

Delete (MS-SPRing)

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes the MS-SPRing of the NE.

Error conditions:

1. If the system fails on getting IOR, a SROG (Status, Get IOR Failed) error message is returned.

2. If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

3. If the MS-SPRing does not exist, a SRQN (MSSPR Does Not Exist) error message is returned.

4. The ALL AID is invalid for this command.

5. The list AID format is supported in this release.

6. The SROF (Facility Not Provisioned) or (Cannot Access MSSPR) error message will be returned for the invalid query.

7. If the MS-SPRing is in use, a SROF (MSSPR In Use) error message is returned.

8. The SRQN (MSSPR Deletion Failed) error message is returned for the invalid deletion query.

Category

MS-SPRing

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ED-<MOD_RING>

ENT-<MOD_RING>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

RTRV-<MOD_RING>

RTRV-TRC-<STM_MSSPR>


Input Format

DLT-<MOD_RING>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::];

Input Example

DLT-MSSPR:PETALUMA:MSSPR-2:123;

Input Parameters

Table 3-24 DLT-<MOD_RING> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "AidUnionId1" section. Identifies the MS-SPRing of the NE. ALL or MSSPR-ALL AID is not allowed for editing MS-SPRing


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.22  DLT-CRS-<PATH>

Delete Cross Connection (VC3, VC44C, VC38C, VC464C, VC48C, VC36C, VC4, VC416C, VC42C, VC43C, VC12)

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes a cross-connection between VC paths. VC paths are specified using their VC AID.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

Notes:

1. The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are optional.

2. For the 1-way cross-connections the AIDs must be in the same order as originally entered; for the 2-way cross-connections, either order will work.

3. This command does not support deleting multiple VC cross-connections.

4. Using "&" in the AID field of this command can delete an SNCP VC cross-connection.

a. The following command is used to delete a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from points: F1, F2

to points: T1

DLT-CRS-{VC_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1:<CTAG>;

b. The following command is used to delete a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge with:

from point: F1

to points: T1, T2

DLT-CRS-{VC_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1,T1&T2:<CTAG>;

c. The following command is used to delete a 1-way or 2-way subtending SNCP connection with:

from point: F1, F2

to points: T1, T2

DLT-CRS-{VC_PATH}:[<TID>]:F1&F2,T1&T2:<CTAG>;

d. The AID format in the deletion command is the same as the AID format in the retrieved response message. For example, if the output of any retrieved AID is "F1&F2,T1:CCT,VC4", the deletion command with the AID format (F1&F2,T1) is required to delete this cross-connection.

e. The following command is used to delete a SNCP IDRI Cross-Connection:

DLT-CRS-{VC_PATH}:[<TID>]:A&B,C&D:<CTAG>;

A-Path on ring X to which traffic from ring Y is bridged

B-Path on ring X to which traffic from the same ring is bridged

C-Path on ring Y to which traffic from ring X is bridged

D-Path on ring Y to which traffic from the same ring is bridged

A, B, C, and D have a positional meaning. Connection type 2WAYDC is used for SNCP IDRI cross-connections.

f. The following command is used to delete a SNCP DRI Cross-Connection:

DLT-CRS-{VC_PATH}:[<TID>]:A&B,C:<CTAG>;

A-Path on ring X to which traffic from ring Y is bridged

B-Path on ring X to which traffic from the same ring is bridged

C-Traffic to and from ring Y

A, B, C, and D have a positional meaning. Connection type 2WAYDC is used for SNCP DRI cross-connections.

5. All A&B AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.

6. You can experience some implementation behavior problems if additional drops have been added to the connection object.

7. The facility AID is only valid for slots holding the G1000-4 card.

8. The virtual facility AID (VFAC) is only valid on slots holding an ML-Series card.

9. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48 characters. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL the field will not be displayed.

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ED-CRS-<PATH>

ENT-CRS-<PATH>

RTRV-CRS

RTRV-CRS-<PATH>


Input Format

DLT-CRS-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::[CKTID=<CKTID>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];

Input Example

DLT-CRS-VC44C:VINBURG:VC4-1-1-1,VC4-12-1-1:102:::CKTID=CKTID,CMDMDE=CMDMDE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-25 DLT-CRS-PATH Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SRC

Source AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section

DST

Destination AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section

CKTID

String

CMDMDE

Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled,AutomaticInService service status

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.23  DLT-EQPT

Delete Equipment

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes a card from the NE.

This command removes the card type and attributes that were entered for a particular slot. If any facilities are assigned, they are deleted too. The command will be denied if the card is part of a protection group or has a cross-connect end-point.

To delete a card that is part of a protection group, it has to be removed from the protection group first using the ED-EQPT command.

Error conditions for deleting equipment may be:

1. The error message SPLD (Equipment In Use) will be returned in the following conditions:

The card is in a protection group

The card has a cross-connection or a DCC/GCC/OSC termination or provisionable patchcord termination.

If any of its facilities is being used as a synchronization source.

2. If a card is not provisioned, an error message will be returned.

Category

Equipment

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

ED-EQPT

ENT-EQPT

INH-SWDX-EQPT

NH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

REPT ALM EQPT

REPT EVT EQPT

RTRV-ALM-EQPT

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT

RTRV-COND-EQPT

RTRV-EQPT

SET-ALMTH-EQPT

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

DLT-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::];

Input Example

DLT-EQPT:SONOMA:SLOT-1:104;

Input Parameters

Table 3-26 DLT-EQPT Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "EQPT" section. Identifies an equipment unit (slot) to act on


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.24  DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

Delete Facility Protection Group (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, PASSTHRU)

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes Y cable protection on client facilities.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<WORKAID>,<PROTAID>:<CTAG>[:::];

Input Example

DLT-FFP-HDTV:CISCO:FAC-1-1-1,FAC-2-1-1:100;

Input Parameters

Table 3-27 DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

WORKAID

The working facility AID from the "FACILITY" section

PROTAID

The protecting facility AID from the "FACILITY" section


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.25  DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

Delete Facility Protection Group (STM4, STM64, STM1, STM16)

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes an STM facility protection group in a 1+1 architecture.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.


Note If the protection group does not exist, an error message will be returned.


Category

Protection

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FFP-OCH

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<WORK>,<PROTECT>:<CTAG>[:::];

Input Example

DLT-FFP-STM1:PETALUMA:FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1:1;

Input Parameters

Table 3-28 DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

WORK

The working facility AID from the "FACILITY" section

PROTECT

The protect facility AID from the "FACILITY" section


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.26  DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

Delete Optical Link (OCH, OMS, OTS)

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes an optical link between two optical connection points. Optical link is specified by using the AID of the involved Optical Connection points.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OTS

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-TRC-OCH

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-TRC-OCH


Input Format

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

DLT-LNK-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1-TX,BAND-13-1-RX:114;

Input Parameters

Table 3-29 DLT-LNK-<MOD2O> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

FROM

The identifier at one end of the optical link from the AID "BAND" section

TO

The identifier at the other end of the optical link from the AID "BAND" section


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.27  DLT-LNKTERM

Delete a Provisionable Patchcord Termination

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes a provisionable patchcord termination present on a node. All termination points of a link/provisionable patchcord have to be deleted for the link to be deleted fully.

Notes:

1. This command accepts multiple AIDs, but does not accept the ALL AID.

2. A suitable error will be responsed if the link termination does not exist.

Category

Provisionable Patchcords

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

DLT-OSC

DLT-WLEN

ED-APC

ED-CLNT

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-LNKTERM

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OSC

ED-OTS

ED-SLV-WDMANS

ED-TRC-OCH

ED-WDMANS

ED-WLEN

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ENT-LNKTERM

ENT-OSC

ENT-WLEN

OPR-APC

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

OPR-WDMANS

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-APC

RTRV-CLNT

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-ESCON

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-LNKTERM

RTRV-NE-APC

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OPM

RTRV-OSC

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

TRV-SLV-WDMANS

RTRV-TRC-OCH

RTRV-WDMANS

RTRV-WLEN


Input Format

DLT-LNKTERM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

DLT-LNKTERM::LNKTERM-1:CTAG;

Input Parameters

Table 3-30 DLT-LNKTERM Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "LNKTERM" section. Indicates a link (provisionable patchcord) termination on the local node.


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.28  DLT-OSC

Delete OSC

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes the OSC group of the NE.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

DLT-LNKTERM

DLT-WLEN

ED-APC

ED-CLNT

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O> ED-LNKTERM

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OSC

ED-OTS

ED-SLV-WDMANS

ED-TRC-OCH

ED-WDMANS

ED-WLEN

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ENT-LNKTERM

ENT-OSC

ENT-WLENOPR-APC

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

OPR-WDMANS

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-APC

RTRV-CLNT

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-ESCON

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-LNKTERM

RTRV-NE-APC

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OPM

RTRV-OSC

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

RTRV-TRC-OCH

RTRV-WDMANS

RTRV-WLEN


Input Format

DLT-OSC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

DLT-OSC:PENNGROVE:OSC-1:114;

Input Parameters

Table 3-31 DLT-OSC Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "OSC" section. Identifies the OSC group of the NE


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.29  DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

Delete RMONTH (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, OCH, POS))

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes a threshold entry in the RMON alarm table. Because there can be multiple thresholds created for a particular montype, you must specify all the necessary parameters for the specific threshold you want to delete.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Performance

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-PMREPT-ALL

ENT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

INH-PMREPT-ALL

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMMODE-<VC_PATH>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL

RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

RTRV-TH-ALL

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-PMMODE-<VC_PATH>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::<MONTYPE>,,,,<INTVL>:
RISE=<RISE>,FALL=<FALL>,[SAMPLE=<SAMPLE>,][STARTUP=<STARTUP>][:];

Input Example

DLT-RMONTH-GIGE:CISCO:FAC-2-1:1234::ETHERSTATSOCTETS,,,,100:RISE=1000,FALL=100
SAMPLE=DELTA,STARTUP=RISING;

Input Parameters

Table 3-32 DLT-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SRC

Source access identifier from the "FACILITY" section. AID for the facility that manages the data statistics

MONTYPE

Monitored type. Type of RMON monitored data statistics

 

Parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE—monitoring type list

AISSP

Alarm Indication Signal SecondsPath

BBE-PM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Path Monitor Point

BBE-SM

OTN—Background Block Errors—Section Monitor Point

BBEP

SDH Background Block Errors Path

BBER

SDH Background Block Error Ratio

BBER-PM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage.

BBER-SM

OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage.

BIEC

FEC—Bit Errors Corrected

CGV

8B10B—Code Group Violations

CVCPP

Coding Violations—CP-Bit Path

CVL

Coding Violations—Line

CVP

Coding Violations—Path

CVS

Coding Violations—Section

CVV

Coding Violations—Section

DCG

8B10B—Data Code Groups

ES-PM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Path Monitor Point

ES-SM

OTN—Errored Seconds—Section Monitor Point

ESCPP

Errored Seconds—CPBit Path

ESL

Errored Seconds—Line

ESP

Errored Seconds—Path

ESR

Errored Second—Ratio

ESR-PM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage

ESR-SM

Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage

ESS

Errored Seconds—Section

ESV

Errored Seconds—VC Path

FC-PM

OTN—Failure Count—Path Monitor Point

FC-SM

OTN—Failure Count—Section Monitor Point

FCP

Failure Count—Line

IOS

8B10B- Idle Ordered Sets

IPC

Invalid Packet Count

LBCL-AVG

Average Laser Bias current in uA

LBCL-MAX

Maximum Laser Bias current in uA

LBCL-MIN

Minimum Laser Bias current in uA

LBCN

Normalized Laser Bias Current for STM1-8

LBCN-MAX

Maximum value for LBCN

LOSSL

Loss of Signal Seconds—Line

MS-PSC

Multiplex Section Protection Switching Count

NIOS

8B10B—Non Idle Ordered Sets

NPJC-PDET

PPJC-PDET:Negative Pointer Justification

NPJC-PGEN

PPJC-PGEN:Negative Pointer Justification

OPR-AVG

Average Receive Power in 1/10 uW

OPR-MAX

Maximum Receive Power in 1/10 uW

OPR-MIN

Minimum Receive Power in 1/10 uW

OPRN

Normalized Optical Receive Power for STM1-8

OPRN-MAX

Maximum value for OPRN

OPRN-MIN

Minimum value for OPRN

OPT-AVG

Average Transmit Power in 1/10 uW

OPT-MAX

Maximum Transmit Power in 1/10 uW

OPT-MIN

Minimum Transmit Power in 1/10uW

OPTN

Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for STM1-8 card

OPTN-MAX

Maximum value for OPTN

OPTN-MIN

Minimum value for OPTN

OPWR-AVG

Optical Power—Average Interval Value in 1/10th of dBm

OPWR-MAX

Optical Power—Maximum Interval Value in 1/10th of dBm

OPWR-MIN

Optical Power—Minimum Interval Value in 1/10th of dBm

PPJC-PDET

PPJC-PDET:Positive Pointer Justification

PPJC-PGEN

PPJC-PGEN:Positive Pointer Justification

PSC

Protection Switching Count

PSC-R

Protection Switching Count—Ring

PSC-S

Protection Switching Count—Span

PSC-W

Protection Switching Count—Working

PSD

Protection Switching Duration

PSD-R

Protection Switching Duration—Ring

PSD-S

Protection Switching Duration—Span

PSD-W

Protection Switching Duration—Working

SASCPP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Second—CP-Bit Path

SASP

Severely Errored Framing/AIS Seconds Path

SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

SES-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Path

SES-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second—Section Monitor Point

SESCPP

Severely Errored Second—CP-Bit Path

SESL

Severely Errored Second—Line

SESP

Severely Errored Second—Path

SESR-PM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage

SESR-SM

OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as 1/10th of a percentage

SESS

Severely Errored Second—Section

SESV

Severely Errored Second—VC Path

UAS-PM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Path Monitor Point

UAS-SM

OTN—Unavailable Second—Section Monitor Point

UASCPP

Unavailable Second—CP-Bit Path

UASL

Unavailable Second—Line

UASP

Unavailable Second—Path

UASV

Unavailable Second—VC Path

UNC-WORDS

FEC—Uncorrectable Words

VPC

Valid Packet Count

INTVL

The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling threshold. A valid value is any integer larger than or equal to 10 (seconds)

RISE

The rising threshold for the sampled statistics. A valid value is any integer

FALL

The falling threshold. A valid value is any integer smaller than the rising threshold

SAMPLE

The method of calculating the value to be compared to the thresholds

 

Parameter type is SAMPLE_TYPE—describes how the data will be calculated during the sampling period

ABSOLUTE

Comparing directly

DELTA

Comparing with the current value of the selected variable subtracted by the last sample

STARTUP

Dictates whether an event will generate if the first valid sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold, less than or equal to the falling threshold, or both

 

Parameter type is STARTUP_TYPE—indicates whether an event will be generated when the first valid sample is crossing the rising or falling threshold

FALLING

Generates the event when the sample is smaller than or equal to the falling threshold

RISING

Generates the event when the sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold

RISING-OR-FALLING

Generates the event when the sample is crossing the rising threshold, or the falling threshold


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.30  DLT-ROUTE

Delete Route

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes the static routes.

Category

System

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ENT-ROUTE

RTRV-ROUTE

 

Input Format

DLT-ROUTE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<DESTIP>,<IPMASK>;

Input Example

DLT-ROUTE:CISCO::123::10.64.72.57,255.255.255.0;

Input Parameters

Table 3-33 DLT-ROUTE Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

DESTIP

Destination tip. String

IPMASK

IP mask. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.31  DLT-TRAPTABLE

Delete TrapTable

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes an SNMP trap destination entry. Entering ALL will delete the whole table.

Category

System

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-ALL

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

ALW-MSG-SECU

COPY-RFILE

ED-DAT

ED-NE-GEN

ED-NE-PATH

ED-NE-SYNCN

ED-TRAPTABLE

ENT-TRAPTABLE

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

INH-MSG-SECU

INIT-SYS

REPT EVT FXFR

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-MAP-NETWORK

RTRV-NE-APC

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-TOD

RTRV-TRAPTABLE

SET-TOD


Input Format

DLT-TRAPTABLE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

DLT-TRAPTABLE::1.2.3.4:1;

Input Parameters

Table 3-34 DLT-TRAPTABLE Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "IPADDR" section. IP address identifies the trap destination. Only numeric IP addresses are allowed


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.32  DLT-USER-SECU

Delete User Security

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes a user and can only be performed by a Superuser. Privilege levels are described in the ENT-USER-SECU command.

This command cannot be used to delete a user that is currently logged on.

For the DLT-USER-SECU command:

DLT-USER-SECU:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG];

the syntax of <UID> is not checked. The user is deleted if the <UID> exists in the database.

Category

Security

Security

Superuser

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-SECU

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER

CANC-USER-SECU

CLR-COND-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

REPT ALM SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT


Input Format

DLT-USER-SECU:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>;

Input Example

DLT-USER-SECU:PETALUMA:CISCO15:123;

Input Parameters

Table 3-35 DLT-USER-SECU Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

UID

User identifier. Can be up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.33  DLT-VCG

Delete Virtual Concatenated Group

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes a VCG object.

Category

VCAT

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ED-VCG

ENT-VCG

RTRV-VCG


Input Format

DLT-VCG:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>][:];

Input Example

DLT-VCG:NODE1:FAC-1-1:1234:::CMDMDE=FRCD;

Input Parameters

Table 3-36 DLT-VCG Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SRC

Source AID from the "FACILITY" section. ML-Series cards use VFAC AID and FC_MR-4 cards use FAC AID

CMDMDE

Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.34  DLT-WLEN

Delete Wavelength

Usage Guidelines

This command deletes the provisioned wavelength (WLEN).

Note:

1. The fields after CTAG (trailing colons) are the optional.

2. This command does not support multiple deleting WLEN provisioning.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

DLT-LNKTERM

DLT-OSC

ED-APC

ED-CLNT

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-LNKTERM

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OSC

ED-OTS

ED-SLV-WDMANS

ED-TRC-OCH

ED-WDMANS

ED-WLEN

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ENT-LNKTERM

ENT-OSC

ENT-WLEN

OPR-APC

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

OPR-WDMANS

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-APC

RTRV-CLNT

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-ESCON

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-LNKTERM

RTRV-NE-APC

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OPM

RTRV-OSC

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

RTRV-TRC-OCH

RTRV-WDMANS

RTRV-WLEN


Input Format

DLT-WLEN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>];

Input Example

DLT-WLEN:PENNGROVE:WLEN-W_E-1530.33:114:::CMDMDE=NORM;

Input Parameters

Table 3-37 DLT-WLEN Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "WLEN" section. The wavelength AID per ring direction

CMDMDE

Command execution mode. NORM for normal (default) and FRCD for forced. FRCD will override any safeguards that normally reject a request to delete and in service resource

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.35  ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

Edit (10GIGE, GIGE)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits Ethernet facility attributes.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>,][MACADDR=<MACADDR>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-GIGE:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::NAME="GIGE PORT",MACADDR=00-0E-AA-BB-CC-FF,
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-38 ED-<GIGE_TYPE> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

NAME

Port name. String. Default is NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters

MACADDR

String. Default is NULL. Maximum length is 18 characters

CMDMDE

Command execution mode. NORM for normal (default) and FRCD for forced. FRCD will override any safeguards that normally reject a request to delete and in service resource

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.36  ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

Edit (1GFC, 2GFC)

Usage Guidelines

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

This command edits the attributes related with the Fiber Channel facility. The state Locked,AutomaticInService is not supported on the FC port.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>,]
[DISTEXTN=<DISTEXTN>,][AUTODETECTION=<AUTODETECTION>,]
[LINKCREDITS=<LINKCREDITS>,][MFS=<MFS>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-1GFC:CISCO:FAC-6-1:1:::LINKRCVRY=Y,DISTEXTN=NONE,AUTODETECTION=Y,
LINKCREDITS=10,MFS=2148,
NAME="FC PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,SOAK=32:LOCKED,MAINTENANCE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-39 ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

LINKRCVRY

Link recovery

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

DISTEXTN

Distance extension. It can be set to Buffer-to-Buffer (B2B) Credit Management state or None.

Note B2B and link recovery are mutually exclusive. You cannot turn on both B2B and link recovery at the same time

 

Parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION—distance extension

B2B

Buffer to buffer flow control

NONE

No distance extension

AUTODETECTION

Autodetection. Turns autodetection on or off

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

LINKCREDITS

Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. Integer

MFS

Maximum frame size. Integer

NAME

String

CMDMDE

Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

SOAK

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.37  ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

Edit (1GFICON, 2GFICON)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes related with the FICON payload facility. The state Locked,AutomaticInService is not supported on the FICON port.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>,]
[DISTEXTN=<DISTEXTN>,][AUTODETECTION=<AUTODETECTION>,]
[LINKCREDITS=<LINKCREDITS>,][MFS=<MFS>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,<SST>;

Input Example

ED-1GFICON:CISCO:FAC-6-1:1:::LINKRCVRY=Y,DISTEXTN=NONE,AUTODETECTION=Y,
LINKCREDITS=10,MFS=2148,
NAME="FC PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,SOAK=32:LOCKED,MAINTENANCE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-40 ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

LINKRCVRY

Link recovery

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

DISTEXTN

Distance extension. It can be set to Buffer-to-Buffer (B2B) Credit Management state or None.

Note B2B and link recovery are mutually exclusive. You cannot turn on both B2B and link recovery at the same time

 

Parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION—distance extension

B2B

Buffer to buffer flow control

NONE

No distance extension

AUTODETECTION

Autodetection. Turns autodetection on or off

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

LINKCREDITS

Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. Integer

MFS

Maximum frame size. Integer

NAME

String

CMDMDE

Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

SOAK

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.38  ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

Edit (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, PASSTHRU)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the operating parameters for a DWDM client facility.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-HDTV::FAC-1-1:1:::NAME="PORTNAME",CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,
AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-41 ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

LINKCREDITS

Number of link credits. If autodetection is set to off the value of the link credits will be used to configure the hardware. Integer

NAME

String

CMDMDE

Command execution mode, forced or normal. FRCD deletes all the VCG members and member cross-connects of a VCG

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.39  ED-<MOD_PATH>

Edit (VC3, VC44C, VC38C, VC464C, VC48C, STS36C, VC4, VC416C, VC42C, VC43C, VC12)

This command edits the attributes associated with VC and VT paths.

Usage Guidelines

The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, and RVTM parameters only apply to SNCP at the VC path level.

The path trace message is a 64 character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SDH VC Path overhead. Both the EXPTRC and TRC string can be provisioned by user with up to 62 character string.

The EXPTRC indicates the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.

The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The path trace mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user-entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.

The TACC parameter edits an existing single VC or VT and changes it to a test access point. When an editing command on TACC is executed, it assigns the VC or VT for the first 2-way connection and VC+1 as the second 2-way connection. For single FAD test access only a single VC/VT is used for the TAP creation. For more information on TACC, refer to the "Test Access" section.

J1 is implemented on the on E1, E3, E4, DS3i-N-12 and STM cards.

STM4, STM16, E100, and E1000 cards do not support path trace.

STM1, STM16AS, and STM64 only support EXPTRC in the ED-VC-PATH command.


Note Each TL1 command must be less than or equal to 255 characters. Any command larger than 255 characters must be split into multiple commands. For example, if you use the ED-<VC_PATH> command to edit the J1 EXPTRC/TRC message, SNCP attributes, and TACC attributes and the command exceeds 255 characters the command will not be processed. You must use multiple ED-<VC_PATH> commands instead.


The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Error conditions:

1. If sending this command to edit SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV or RVTM for the non-SNCP VC path, an error message will be returned.

2. If sending this command to edit the EXPTRC string with the AUTO path trace mode (TRCMODE=AUTO), an error message will be returned.

3. This command is allowed to edit EXPTRC on STM1, STM16AS, and STM64 cards.

4. If sending this command to edit both TACC and any other attribute(s), the (Parameters Not compatible) error message will be returned.

5. If sending this command to edit TACC on an AID with cross-connections, an error message (VC in Use) will be returned.

6. TACC creation will also be denied on the protect ports/cards for 1:1, 1:N, and 1+1.

7. After the MS-SPRing switching, provisioning of the J1 trace string or trace mode is not allowed on the protection path.

8. TACC creation is allowed on PCA for two-fiber and four-fiber MS-SPRing.

9. TACC is not supported on G1000, MXP_2.5_10G/TXP_MR-10G, ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards.

10. HOLDOFFTIMER is not specific to a path. It is applicable to the SNCP selector. If HOLDOFFTIMER is changed on one path associated with the selector, the HOLDOFFTIMER of the other path associated with the same selector is also changed.

11. The cross-connects on the DS3i-N-12 card are VC4 width, but the individual VC 1s within the 3C will be accessible. For editing the path attributes, use ED-VC3 (with the FAC AID). For test access creation use ED-VC4 because the test access path width (like the cross-connect) has to be 3C on the DS3i-N-12 card which creates a new entity (TAP) on the DS3i-N-12 card in 3C width. On the DS3i-N-12 card the ED-VC command can be used either with VC3 or VC4 modifier depending on the parameter to be modified.

12. For the selector path on an MS-SPRing, the SWPDIP is not editable and is always in ON state. If an attempt is made to edit SWPDIP on a selector path with an MS-SPRing, an error message will be returned.

Category

Paths

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-CRS-<PATH>

DLT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>

ED-CRS-<PATH>

ED-NE-PATH

ED-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>

ENT-CRS-<PATH>

ENT-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>

OPR-PROTNSW-<PATH>

RLS-PROTNSW-<PATH>

RTRV-<PATH>

RTRV-CRS-<PATH>

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>

RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>

RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>


Input Format

ED-<MOD_PATH>:[TID]:<AID>:[CTAG]::[]:[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>],
[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-VC3C:FERNDALE:VC-2-1-4:115:::SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
SWPDIP=Y,HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,EXPTRC="EXPTRCSTRING",TRC="TRCSTRING",
TRCMODE=OFF,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,
AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-42 ED-<MOD_PATH> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "CrossConnectId1" section

SFBER

Signal failure threshold. Applies only to SNCP. Applies to VC4-level paths

 

Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5

SDBER

Signal degrade threshold. Applies only to SNCP. Applies to VC4-level paths (VCn)

 

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

RVRTV

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to SNCP

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

RVTM

Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while "RVRTV" is N. Only applies to SNCP

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

SWPDIP

On-off switch for SNCP payload defect level switching. Applicable only to VC-level paths in SDH (VCn)

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

HOLDOFFTIMER

Hold off timer for SNCP DRI. Values must be within 0 and 10000 milliseconds (0 - 10 seconds), with increments of 100 milliseconds Integer

EXPTRC

Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Applicable to VC-level paths in SDH (VCn). String

TRC

The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00). Applicable to VC-level paths in SDH (VCn). String

TRCMODE

Path trace mode. Applicable only to VC-level Paths in SDH (VCn). Defaults to the OFF mode.

 

Parameter type is TRCMODE—trace mode

AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards

AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected

MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string

MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected

OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported

TACC

TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Integer

TAPTYPE

TAP type

 

Parameter type is TAPTYPE—test access point type

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

CMDMDE

Command mode

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.40  ED-<MOD_RING>

Edit Multiplex Section Shared Protection Ring

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the MS-SPRing attributes.

The RVRTV, RVTM, SRVRTV, SRVTM, NODEID, and RINGID attributes can be edited for the 4-Fiber MS-SPRing.

The RVRTV, RVTM, NODEID, and RINGID attributes can be edited for the 2-Fiber MS-SPRing.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Error conditions:

1. If the system fails on getting IOR, a SROF (Get IOR Failed) error message is returned.

2. If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.

3. If the MS-SPRing does not exist, a SRQN (MSSPR Does Not Exist) error message is returned.

4. The ALL AID is invalid for this command.

5. The list AID format is supported in this release.

6. The SROF (Facility Not Provisioned) or Cannot Access MSSPR) error message will be returned for the invalid query.

7. The SRQN (MSSPR Edition Failed) error message is returned for the invalid edition query.

8. If sending this command to modify SRVRTV or SRVTM on a two-fiber MS-SPRing, an IDNV (Invalid Data For 2F-MSSPR) error message will be returned.

9. If sending this command to modify the nodeid with invalid data, an IIAC (Invalid NodeId) error message is returned.

10. If sending this command to change the ringid into invalid data, an IIAC (Invalid RingId) error message is returned.

11. If changing the MS-SPRing nodeid with a duplicated ID, a SROF (Cannot Set NodeId) error message is returned.

12. If changing the MS-SPRing ringid with a duplicated ID, a SROF (Cannot Set RingId) error message is returned.

Category

MS-SPRing

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD_RING>

ENT-<MOD_RING>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

RTRV-<MOD_RING>

RTRV-TRC-<STM_MSSPR>


Input Format

ED-<MOD_RING>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RINGID=<RINGID>,][NODEID=<NODEID>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,][SRVRTV=<SRVRTV>,][SRVTM=<SRVTM>][:];

Input Example

ED-MSSPR:PETALUMA:MSSPR-43:123:::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=2.0,
SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0;

Input Parameters

Table 3-43 ED-<MOD_RING> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "AidUnionId1" section. Identifies the MS-SPRing of the NE. ALL or MSSPR-ALL AID is not allowed for editing a MS-SPRing

RINGID

The MS-SPRing ID of the NE up to six characters. Valid characters are A-Z and 0-9. String

NODEID

The MS-SPRing node ID of the NE. NODEID ranges from 0 to 31. Integer

RVRTV

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

RVTM

Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while "RVRTV" is N

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

SRVRTV

The span revertive mode for four-fiber MS-SPRing only.

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

SRVTM

The span revertive time for four-fiber MS-SPRing only. SRVTM is not allowed to be set while SRVRTV is N

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.41  ED-<STM_TYPE>

Edit (STM1, STM4, STM16, STM64)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes (i.e., service parameters) and state of an STM facility. Allowable states for a facility are Locked, Locked with Automatic In Service transitioning, Locked for Maintenance, and Unlocked.

The DCC transmit is bridged to both working and protect in a 1+1 configuration. On the receive side, the active one is selected for DCC. The DCC is provisioned on the working port only in a 1+1 configuration.

All lines in a 1+1 MS-SPRing must have the same mode. If you change the mode of a line that is in a 1+1 MS-SPRing, an error message will be returned.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

UNI-C DCC provisioning notes:

1. The attributes DCC(Y/N) and mode (SONET/SDH) remain the same in the ED/RTRV-STM commands when the DCC is used for UNI-C, in which case the port attribute UNIC is enables (UNIC=Y).

2. UNI-C DCC termination cannot be deleted by the regular DCC de-provisioning command.

3. If the DCC is created under regular SDH provisioning, and this port is used by UNI-C, the port is converted as a UNI-C DCC automatically.

4. De-provisioning UNI-C IF/IB IPCC will free up DCC termination automatically.

5. The parameters ALSMODE, ALSCRINT and ALSRCPW are valid only for STM1-8, STM64, and STM16ELR cards.

6. SDCC/LDCC termination cannot be unprovisioned if a provisionable patchcord termination end point is provisioned on the port.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD> ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

REPT RMV <MOD2_IO>

REPT RST <MOD2_IO>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2> RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-<STM_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[DCC=<DCC>,][AREA=<AREA>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>,][PJMON=<PJMON>,]
[SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,][MODE=<MODE>,][MUX=<MUX>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,
[OSPF=<OSPF>,][LDCC=<LDCC>,][NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,]
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>,][TRC=<TRC>,][TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>,]
[TRCFROMAT=<TRCFROMAT>,][ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>,]
[SENDDUSFF=<SENDDUSFF>,]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-STM16:PENNGROVE:FAC-6-1:114:::DCC=Y,AREA=10.92.63.1,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,
PJMON=48,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,MODE=SDH,MUX=E2,SOAK=10,OSPF=Y,LDCC=N,
NAME="STM PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",TRCMODE=MAN,
TRCFROMAT=16-BYTE,ADMSSM=PRS,SENDDUSFF=N,AISONLPBK=Y:UNLOCKED,
AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-44 ED-<STM_TYPE> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

DCC

Indicates whether or not the section DCC is to be used. Identifies the section DCC connection of the port

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

AREA

The area ID shows up only if the DCC is enabled. String

SYNCMSG

Synchronization status message

 

Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

SENDDUS

The facility will send the DUS (Don't use for Synchronization) value as the sync status message for that facility

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

PJMON

Identifies an STM port PJMON. Integer

SFBER

Signal failure threshold

 

Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5

SDBER

Signal degrade threshold

 

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

MODE

STM port mode

 

Parameter type is OPTICAL_MODE—the facility's optical mode

SDH

SDH/ETSI optical mode using European/International format

SONET

SONET/ANSI optical mode using the American format

MUX

MS-SPRing extension byte (supported only on the STM16AS card)

 

Parameter type is MUX_TYPE—MS-SPRing extension type

E2

E2 byte (orderwire)

F1

F1 byte (user)

K3

K3 byte

Z2

Z2 byte

SOAK

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer

OSFP

The open shortest path first discovery

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

LDCC

The line DCC connection on the port

 

Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

NAME

String

CMDMDE

Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled,AutomaticInService service status

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

EXPTRC

Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). String

TRC

The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. Defaults to NULL.String

TRCMODE

Path trace mode. Applicable only to VC-level Paths in SDH (VCn). Defaults to the MAN mode

 

Parameter type is TRCMODE—trace mode

AUTO

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards

AUTO-NO-AIS

Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected

MAN

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string

MAN-NO-AIS

Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected

OFF

Turn off path trace capability. Nothing will be reported

TRCFORMAT

Trace message size

 

Parameter type is TRCFORMAT—trace format

1-BYTE

1 byte trace message

16-BYTE

16 byte trace message

64-BYTE

64 byte trace message

ADMSSM

SSM selectable value. It will only be displayed when SSM is disabled

 

Parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL—clock source quality level for SDH

DUS_SDH

Do Not Use For Synchronization

G811

G811 Standard

RES_SDH

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

G812T

G812T Standard

STU_SDH

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

G812TL

G812TL Standard

SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

SENDDUSFF

Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

N

The Ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

Y

The Ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1.

3.2.42  ED-ALS

Edit Automatic Laser Shutdown

Usage Guidelines

This command is used to modify the ALS attributes of an STM facility and all the facilities that support the ALS feature. For MXP_2.5G_10E, TXP_MR_10E, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards this command is used to modify the ALS parameter of the STM16 and STM64 ports.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

REPT RMV <MOD2_IO>

REPT RST <MOD2_IO>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2> RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-ALS:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[ALSMODE=<ALSMODE>,][ALSRCINT=<ALSRCINT>,]
[ALSRCPW=<ALSRCPW>];

Input Example

ED-ALS:CISCO:FAC-1-1:100:::ALSMODE=Y,ALSRCINT=130,ALSRCPW=35.1;

Input Parameters

Table 3-45 ED-ALS Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SRC

Access identifier from the "AidUnionId" section

ALSMODE

ALS is enabled or disabled

 

Parameter type is ALS_MODE—the working mode for automatic laser shutdown

AUTO

Automatic

DISABLED

Disabled

MAN

Manual

MAN-RESTART

Manual restart for test

ALSRCINT

ALS recovery interval. The range is 60 to 300 seconds. Integer

ALSRCPW

ALS recovery pulse width. The range is 2.0 to 100.00 seconds, in increments of 100 ms. Float


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.43  ED-APC

Edit Amplification Power Control

Usage Guidelines

This command is used to modify the APC application attributes. The default value for an optional parameter is the NE default value. The value may not be the current value for the parameter. Issue the RTRV-xx command to retrieve the current value.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

DLT-LNKTERM

DLT-OSC

DLT-WLEN

ED-CLNT

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-LNKTERM

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OSC

ED-OTS

ED-SLV-WDMANS

ED-TRC-OCH

ED-WDMANS

ED-WLEN

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ENT-LNKTERM

ENT-OSC

ENT-WLEN

OPR-APC

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

OPR-WDMANS

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-APC

RTRV-CLNT

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-ESCON

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-LNKTERM

RTRV-NE-APC

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OPM

RTRV-OSC

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

RTRV-TRC-OCH

RTRV-WDMANS

RTRV-WLEN


Input Format

ED-APC:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[:::APCENABLE=<APCENABLE>];

Input Example

ED-APC:PENNGROVE::CTAG:::APCENABLE=N;

Input Parameters

Table 3-46 ED-APC Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

APCENABLE

The enable/disable of the APC application. Default is N

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.44  ED-BITS

Edit Building Integrated Timing Supply

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the BITS reference attributes.

SYNC-BITS1 and SYNC-BITS2 AIDs can be used to set the BITS-OUT port state. For a BITS facility, 64 k and 6 MHz are only applicable to ONS 15454 SDH.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category.

Synchronization

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ED-NE-SYNCN

ED-SYNCN

OPR-SYNCNSW

REPT ALM BITS

REPT ALM SYNCN

REPT EVT BITS

REPT EVT SYNCN

RLS-SYNCNSW

RTRV-ALM-BITS

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

RTRV-BITS

RTRV-COND-BITS

RTRV-COND-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-SYNCN


Input Format

ED-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>,][FMT=<FMT>,][LBO=<LBO>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][AISTHRSHLD=<AISTHRSHLD>,][SABIT=<SABIT>,]
[IMPEDANCE=<IMPEDANCE>,][BITSFAC=<BITSFAC>,][ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>][:<PST>];

Input Example

ED-BITS:SONOMA:BITS-2:779:::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-133,SYNCMSG=N,
AISTHRSHLD=PRS,SABIT=BYTE-5,IMPEDANCE=120-OHM,BITSFAC=E1,
ADMSSM=PRS:UNLOCKED;

Input Parameters

Table 3-47 ED-BITS Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "BITS" section

LINECDE

Line code

 

Parameter type is LINE_CODE—line code

AMI

Line code value is AMI

B8ZS

Line code value is B8ZS (bipolar with three-zero substitution)

HDB3

Line Code HDB3. Only applicable to SDH E1 signal

FMT

Digital signal frame format

 

Parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT—frame format for an E1 port

D4

Frame format is D4

E1-CRCMF

SDH E1 CRCMF frame format

E1-MF

SDH E1 MF frame format

E1-UNFRAMED

SDH E1 unframed format

ESF

Frame format is ESF

UNFRAMED

Frame format is unframed

LBO

Line build out settings. BITS line build out. Default value is 0 to 133. Integer

 

Parameter type is BITS_LineBuildOut—BITS line buildout

0-133

BITS line buildout range is 0-133

134-266

BITS line buildout range is 134-266

267-399

BITS line buildout range is 267-399

400-533

BITS line buildout range is 400-533

534-655

BITS line buildout range is 534-655

SYNCMSG

Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is on (Y)

 

Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

AISTHRSHLD

Alarm indication signal threshold

 

Parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL—clock source quality level for SDH

DUS_SDH

Do Not Use For Synchronization

G811

G811 Standard

RES_SDH

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

G812T

G812T Standard

STU_SDH

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

G812TL

G812TL Standard

SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

SABIT

When the frame format selection is E1, SABIT is the bit used to receive and transmit the SSM

 

Parameter type is SABITS—SA BITS

BYTE-4

SABIT is BYTE-4

BYTE-5

SABIT is BYTE-5

BYTE-6

SABIT is BYTE-6

BYTE-7

SABIT is BYTE-7

BYTE-8

SABIT is BYTE-8

IMPEDANCE

When the frame format selection is E1, IMPEDANCE is the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port

 

Parameter type is IMPEDANCE—the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port

120-OHM

Impedance of 120 ohm

75-OHM

Impedance of 75 ohm

BITSFAC

BITS facility settings. BITS-2 always inherits the value of BITS-1

 

Parameter type is BITS_FAC—BITS facility rate. 64 k and 6 MHz are only applicable to the ONS 15454

2 M

2 MHz rate

64 K

64 K rate

6 M

6 MHz rate

E1

E1 rate

ADMSSM

SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled.

 

Parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL—clock source quality level for SDH

DUS_SDH

Do Not Use For Synchronization

G811

G811 Standard

RES_SDH

Reserved For Network Synchronization Use

G812T

G812T Standard

STU_SDH

Synchronized, Traceability Unknown

G812TL

G812TL Standard

SETS

Synchronous Equipment Timing Source

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.45  ED-CMD-SECU

Edit Command Security

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the command security level of a particular command.

Category

Security

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-SECU

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER

CANC-USER-SECU

CLR-COND-SECU

REPT ALM SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-PID

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT


Input Format

ED-CMD-SECU:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<CAP>;

Input Example

ED-CMD-SECU::INIT-REG:1::SU;

Input Parameters

Table 3-48 ED-CMD-SECU Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier string. Identifies the entity in the NE to which the command pertains. It is the command verb along with verb modifier(s), as it currently exists. It can be a single command or a block of commands, where the block may include all commands. Only INIT-REG will be supported. String. Must not be null

CAP

Command access privilege. Must not be null

 

Parameter type is PRIVILEGE—security level

MAINT

Maintenance security level. Unlimited idle time

PROV

Provision security level. 60 minutes of idle time

RTRV

Retrieve security level. 30 minutes of idle time

SUPER

Superuser security level. 15 minutes of idle time


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.46  ED-CRS-<PATH>

Edit Cross Connect (VC3, VC44C, VC38C, VC464C, VC48C, STS36C, VC4, VC416C, VC42C, VC43C, VC12)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits a cross-connection.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.

Notes:

1. ADD and REMOVE cannot be used together. The example provided is for informational purposes only. ADD and REMOVE are mutually exclusive.

2. Add/Remove drops is possible only on ONEWAY, SNCP_DROP, SNCP_DC, and SNCP_EN type of cross-connects (one-way only).

3. Traditional cross-connections cannot be upgraded to DRI cross-connections using the ED_CRS command.

4. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID is 48. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL this field will not be displayed.

5. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Cross Connections

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-CRS-<PATH>

ENT-CRS-<PATH>

RTRV-CRS

RTRV-CRS-<PATH>


Input Format

ED-CRS-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>,<DST>:<CTAG>:::[ADD=<ADD>,][REMOVE=<REMOVE>,]
[CKTID=<CKTID>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-CRS-VC4::VC4-1-1-1,VC4-2-1-1:1:::ADD=VC4-13-1-1,REMOVE=VC4-2-1-1,CKTID=CKTID
CMDMDE=FRCD:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-49 ED-CRS-<PATH> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SRC

Source AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section

DST

Destination AID from the "CrossConnectId1" section

ADD

AID from the "AidUnionId" section

REMOVE

AID from the "AidUnionId" section

CKTID

String

CMDMDE

Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable only if the PST=Locked and SST=Unlocked

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.47  ED-DAT

Edit Date and Time

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the date and the time

Category

System

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-ALL

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

ALW-MSG-SECU

ED-NE-GEN

ED-NE-PATH

ED-NE-SYNCN

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

INH-MSG-SECU

INIT-SYS

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-TOD

SET-TOD


Input Format

ED-DAT:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<DATE>],[<TIME>];

Input Example

ED-DAT:CISCO::1234::99-12-21,14-35-15;

Input Parameters

Table 3-50 ED-DAT Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

DATE

Date. String

TIME

Time. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.48  ED-DS3I

Edit DS3I

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes of a DS3i-N-12 facility.

Notes:

1. This command is not allowed if the card is a protecting card.

2. If sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute, and the port has a cross connection or the port/VT has a Test Access Point (TAP or TACC Number), the (Parameters Not Compatible) error message will be returned.

3. Editing TACC via the ED-xxx command is only allowed if there are no circuits/cross-connections on the port and the port/VT does not have a Test Access Point (TAP or TACC Number), otherwise, an error message will be returned.

4. TACC creation will be denied on the protect ports/cards.

5. Automatic application of loopbacks originating from the far end can be inhibited on the ports of a DS3i-N-12 card.

6. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

REPT RMV <MOD2_IO>

REPT RST <MOD2_IO>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2> RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-DS3I:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FMT=<FMT>,][LINECDE=<LINECDE>,][LBO=<LBO>,]
[INHFELPBK=<INHFELPBK>,][TACC=<TACC>,][TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>,][SFBER=<SFBER>,]
[SDBER=<SDBER>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,][NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>],
[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-DS3I:CISCO:FAC-1-2:1:::FMT=C-BIT,LINECDE=B3ZS,LBO=0-255,INHFELPBK=N,TACC=8,
TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,NAME="DS3I PORT",
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-51 ED-DS3I Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

FMT

Digital signal format. Defaults to C-BIT

 

Parameter type is DS_LINE_TYPE—DS123 line type

C-BIT

C-BIT line type applies to the DS3i-N-12 cards

M13

M13 line type applies to the DS3i-N-12 cards

UNFRAMED

Line type is unframed

LINECDE

Line code. Defaults to B3ZS

 

Parameter type is DS_LINE_CODE—DS123 Line Code

B3ZS

Bipolar with three-zero substitution

LBO

Line build out settings. Integer. Defaults to 0-255

 

Parameter type is E_LBO—electrical signal line buildout

0-225

Electrical signal line buildout range is 0-225

226-450

Electrical signal line buildout range is 226-450

INHFELPBK

Far end loopback inhibition attribute of the port. If it is Y, the automatic far end loopbacks are inhibited. It is either on or off. Defaults to Y

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

TACC

TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Integer

TAPTYPE

TAP type

 

Parameter type is TAPTYPE—test access point type

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

SFBER

Signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4

 

Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5

SDBER

Signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7

 

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

SOAK

Integer. Defaults to 32

NAME

Maximum length is 32 characters. String. Defaults to NULL

CMDMDE

Command Mode. Defaults to NORM

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.49  ED-E1

Edit E1

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes of an E1 facility.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Notes:

1. If sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute, and the port has a cross connection or the port/VT has a Test Access Point (TAP or TACC Number), the (Parameters Not Compatible) error message will be returned.

2. TACC creation will be denied on the protect ports/cards.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

REPT RMV <MOD2_IO>

REPT RST <MOD2_IO>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2> RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-E1:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>,][FMT=<FMT>,][TACC=<TACC>,]
[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>,][SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,]
[NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-E1:CISCO:FAC-2-1:1:::LINECDE=HDB3,FMT=E1-MF,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,
SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,NAME="E1PORT",
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-52 ED-E1 Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

LINECDE

Line code. Defaults to HDB3

 

Parameter type is LINE_CODE—line code

AMI

Line code value is AMI

B8ZS

Line code value is B8ZS (bipolar with three-zero substitution)

HDB3

Line Code HDB3

FMT

Digital signal frame format. Defaults to E1-MF

 

Parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT—frame format for an E1 port

D4

Frame format is D4

E1-CRCMF

SDH E1 CRCMF frame format

E1-MF

SDH E1 MF frame

E1-UNFRAMED

SDH E1 unframed format

ESF

Frame format is ESF

UNFRAMED

Frame format is unframed

TACC

TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N. Integer

TAPTYPE

TAP type. Defaults to DUAL

 

Parameter type is TAPTYPE—test access point type

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

SFBER

Signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4

 

Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5

SDBER

Signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7

 

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

SOAK

LOCKED-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals.Defaults to 32. Integer

NAME

String. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters

CMDMDE

Command Mode. Defaults to NORM

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.50  ED-E3

Edit E3

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes of an E3 facility.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Notes:

1. If sending this command to edit TACC and any other attribute, and the port has a cross connection or the port/VT has a Test Access Point (TAP or TACC Number), the (Parameters Not Compatible) error message will be returned.

2. TACC creation will be denied on the protect ports/cards.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E4

ED-FAC ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

REPT RMV <MOD2_IO>

REPT RST <MOD2_IO>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2> RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-E3:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[TACC=<TACC>,][TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>,]
[SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-E3:CISCO:FAC-1-2:1:::TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,
NAME="E3 PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-53 ED-E3 Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

TACC

TAP number within a range of 0 to 999. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N. Integer

TAPTYPE

TAP type. Defaults to DUAL

 

Parameter type is TAPTYPE—test access point type

DUAL

Dual FAD

SINGLE

Single FAD

SFBER

Signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4

 

Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5

SDBER

Signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7

 

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

SOAK

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals.Defaults to 32. Integer

NAME

String. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters

CMDMDE

Command Mode. Defaults to NORM

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.51  ED-E4

Edit E4

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes of an E4 facility. Currently this is only applicable to STM1E Ports 9 to 12 when they are in E4-FRAMED or E4-UNFRAMED mode.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3

ED-FAC

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

REPT RMV <MOD2_IO>

REPT RST <MOD2_IO>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2> RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-E4:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,]
[NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-E4:CISCO1:FAC-6-1:114:::SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,SOAK=10,NAME="E4 PORT",
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-54 ED-E4 Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

SFBER

Signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4

 

Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5

SDBER

Signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7

 

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

SOAK

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals.Defaults to 32. Integer

NAME

String. Defaults to NULL. Maximum length is 32 characters

CMDMDE

Command Mode. Defaults to NORM

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.52  ED-EQPT

Edit Equipment

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes for a given equipment slot in the NE. If the card is in an equipment slot, this command is allowed only on the working AID.

The PROTID parameter indicates the unique identifier of the protection group (the protect card). "NULL" is a special value of the PROTID parameter and indicates absence of a protection group. For the 1:1 protection type, RVRTV and RVTM parameters can be changed. For the 1:1 protection type, if the PROTID parameter is entered as "NULL", the protection group is deleted.

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

For the 1:N protection type, if the PROTID is "NULL", the AIDs in the list are removed from the protection group. If all the working cards are in the AID list, the protection group is deleted.

Example: if Slot-1, Slot-2 and Slot-4 were the only working cards in the protection group. The following command will remove Slot-4 from the protection group:

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-4:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

The protection group still has Slot-1 and Slot-2 as working cards.

The following command will remove all the other working cards in the above example and consequently, delete the protection group itself:

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:SLOT-2&SLOT-1:<CTAG>:::PROTID=NULL;

The ED-EQPT command can be successfully executed on an already provisioned card to add or remove a working card from a protection group. This command is not valid on a protect card. Only cards can be added to or removed from a protection group. Protection type is immutable and is determined at the time of creation of a protection group (while adding the first working card). Once provisioned, the equipment type cannot be edited either.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Examples of adding an existing card to a protection group using the ED-EQPT command:

1:1 protection group

ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=9.0;

1:N protection group

ED-EQPT::SLOT-2:12:::PROTID=SLOT-3,PRTYPE=1-N,RVTM=6.5;

Error conditions for editing a 1:1 or 1:N protection group may be:

1. Editing the PRTYPE or PROTID (non-NULL value) parameters.

2. Editing RVRTV or RVTM when no protection group exists.

3. Editing RVRTV for 1:N protection.

4. Failed to remove, currently switched to protect.

5. The CARDMODE provisioning is allowed on the DS3i-N-12 and ML-Series cards

a. The DS3i-N-12's provisioning is based on the cross-connect type and DS3i-N-12's location. For example:

The DS3i-N-12 card in the lower speed I/O slot with the cross-connect card only allows the DS3I-VC32 CARDMODE. Other cases allow the CARDMODE to be DS3I-VC-4-16

b. There is no card reboot if the CARDMODE is changed on the DS3i-N-12 card.

c. The DS3i-N-12 card can be upgraded or downgraded by changing the CARDMODE with the ED-EQPT command.

6. If the command mode (CMDMDE) is set to forced (FRCD) during the creation of a 1:1 or 1:N protection group, all cards must be physically plugged in and in the service state (Unlocked). If the cards are not physically plugged in, then the command is denied with an appropriate error message. When the command mode is set to normal (NORM) (which is the default) the cards do not have to be physically plugged in and in the service state.

7. If the command mode is set to forced (FRCD) during the removal of a card in a 1:1 or 1:N protection group, there must be no cross-connects (i.e., services) present on the card. If there are cross-connects present on the card, the command is denied with an appropriate error message. If the command mode is set to normal (NORM) (which is the default), it does not require that cross-connects be deleted on the card.

8. On the FC_MR-4 card, the cardmode cannot be changed to FCMR-LINERATE when the payload on any port is 1GFICON or 2GFICON. These payloads are allowed only in Distance Extension Card Mode.

Category

Equipment

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-EQPT

ENT-EQPT

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

REPT ALM EQPT

REPT EVT EQPT

RTRV-ALM-EQPT

RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT

RTRV-COND-EQPT

RTRV-EQPT

SET-ALMTH-EQPT

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ED-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,][PRTYPE=<PRTYPE>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,]
[CARDMODE=<CARDMODE>,][PEERID=<PEERID>,][REGENNAME=<REGENNAME>,]
[PWL=<PWL>]:[<PST>],[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-EQPT:CISCO:SLOT-2:123:::PROTID=SLOT-1,PRTYPE=1-1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=9.0,
CMDMDE=FRCD,CARDMODE=DS3XM12-VC48,PEERID=SLOT-2,
REGENNAME="THIS GROUP",PWL=1530.33:LOCKED,MAINTENANCE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-55 ED-EQPT Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "EQPT" section

PROTID

Protecting card slot number of the protection group from the "PRSLOT" section

PRTYPE

Protection group type

 

Parameter type is PROTECTION_GROUP—protection group type

1-1

1 to 1 protection group

1-N

1 to N protection group

RVRTV

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

RVTM

Revertive time

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

CMDMDE

Command mode. Only applicable when creating or deleting a protection group (1:1 or 1:N) and/or adding cards to an existing protection group (1:N). Default is NORM. If creating or adding cards to a protection group, specifying FRCD requires the card to be physically plugged in and in the service state (Unlocked). If removing cards from a protection group (1:N) or deleting the protection group (1:1, 1:N), specifying FRCD requires that there are no cross-connects (services) on the card

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

CARDMODE

Card mode

Note The card will reboot after the mode changes so the mode change request will not go through if all the ports on the card are not in Locked mode.

TL1 will not set a default CARD_MODE value at the management interface level if no PWL value is given

 

Parameter type is CARDMODE—card mode. Card mode is applicable to cards that have multiple capabilities, for example, the ML card can operate in two distinct modes: Linear Mapper Mode and L2/L3 Mode

DWDM-LINE

Line terminating mode

DWDM-SECTION

Section terminating mode

DWDM-TRANS-AIS

Transparent mode AIS

DWDM-TRANS-SQUELCH

Transparent mode SQUELCH

FCMR-DISTEXTN

FC_MR-4 card with distance extension support

FCMR-LINERATE

FC_MR-4 card without distance extension support

ML-GFP

ML-Series card in DOS FPGA using GFP framing type

ML-HDLC

ML-Series card in DOS FPGA using HDLC framing type

MXPMR25G-FCGE

Fibre channel or GIGE mode for the MXP-MR-2.5G card

PEERID

The regeneration peer slot from the "EQPT" section

REGENNAME

The name of a regeneration group. String

PWL

Provisioned wavelength. TL1 will not set a default PWL value at the management level if no PWL value is given

 

Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN—optical wavelength

1530.33

Wavelength 1

1531.12

Wavelength 2

1531.90

Wavelength 3

1532.68

Wavelength 4

1534.25

Wavelength 5

1535.04

Wavelength 6

1535.82

Wavelength 7

1536.61

Wavelength 8

1538.19

Wavelength 9

1538.98

Wavelength 10

1539.77

Wavelength 11

1540.56

Wavelength 12

1542.14

Wavelength 13

1542.94

Wavelength 14

1543.73

Wavelength 15

1544.53

Wavelength 16

1546.12

Wavelength 17

1546.92

Wavelength 18

1547.72

Wavelength 19

1548.51

Wavelength 20

1550.12

Wavelength 21

1550.92

Wavelength 22

1551.72

Wavelength 23

1552.52

Wavelength 24

1554.13

Wavelength 25

1554.94

Wavelength 26

1555.75

Wavelength 27

1556.55

Wavelength 28

1558.17

Wavelength 29

1558.98

Wavelength 30

1559.79

Wavelength 31

1560.61

Wavelength 32

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.53  ED-FAC

Edit Facility

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the payload (or signal) type of a facility.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

REPT RMV <MOD2_IO>

REPT RST <MOD2_IO>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2> RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>


Input Format

ED-FAC:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>:::[PAYLOAD=<PAYLOAD>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]];

Input Example

ED-FAC:CISCO:FAC-3-9:2222:::PAYLOAD=E4-FRAMED,
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-56 ED-FAC Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

SRC

Source access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

PAYLOAD

Payload

 

Parameter type is PAYLOAD—identifies payload type

10GFC

10 Gigabit Ethernet Fiber Channel mode

10GIGE

10 Gigabit Ethernet

1GFC

1 Gigabit Fiber Channel mode

1GFICON

1 Gigabit FICON mode

2GFC

2 Gigabit Fiber Channel mode

2GFICON

2 Gigabit FICON mode

DV6000

Video mode

E4-FRAMED

E4-FRAMED payload mode for SDH STM1E-12 card

E4-UNFRAMED

E4-UNFRAMED payload mode for SDH STM1E-12 card

ESCON

ESCON mode

ETRCLO

ETR/CLO payload mode

GIGE

Gigabit Ethernet Payload

HDTV

HDTV mode

ISC1

ISC1 Mode

ISC3

ISC3 Mode

STM4

SDH STM4 mode

STM1

SDH STM1 mode

STM16

SDH STM16 mode

PASS-THROUGH

Pass through mode

SDH

SDH Payload Mode

SDI-D1-VIDEO

SDI-D1-Video mode

CMDMDE

Command Mode. Defaults to NORM

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state. Defaults to Unlocked

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state. Defaults to AutomaticInService

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.54  ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

Edit Facility Protection Group (10GFC, 10GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, D1VIDEO, DV6000, ETRCLO, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, PASSTHRU)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits a Y cable protection group on client facilities. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,]
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>,][PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];

Input Example

ED-FFP-CLNT:CISCO:FAC-1-1:100:::PROTID=DC-METRO,RVRTV=N,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;

Input Parameters

Table 3-57 ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

PROTAID

The protection group identifier (protection group name). Defaults to the protecting port AID of the protection group. PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. String

RVRTV

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to SNCP

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

RVTM

Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while "RVRTV" is N. Only applies to SNCP

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

PSDIRN

Protection switch operation. Identifies the switching mode. Defaults to UNI.

Note The MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards do not support BI-DIRECTIONAL switching

 

Parameter type is UNI_BI—unidirectional switch operations

BI

Bidirectional protection switching

UNI

Unidirectional protection switching


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.55  ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

Edit Facility Protection Group (STM1, STM4, STM16, STM64)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the optical facility protection.

See Table 4-11 for supported modifiers by platform.


Note This command can be used on both protecting and working AIDs.


The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Protection

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,]
[RVTM=<RVTM>,][PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>,][VRGRDTM=<VRGRDTM>,]
[DTGRDTM=<DTGRDTM>,][RCGRDTM=<RCGRDTM>][:];

Input Example

ED-FFP-STM1:PETALUMA:FAC-1-1:1:::PROTID=PROT_NAME,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
PSDIRN=BI,VRGRDTM=0.5,DTGRDTM=1.0,RCGRDTM=1.0;

Input Parameters

Table 3-58 ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

PROTAID

The protection group identifier (protection group name). PROTAID can have a maximum length of 32 characters. String

RVRTV

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

RVTM

Revertive time

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

PSDIRN

Protection switch operation. Indicates the switch mode

 

Parameter type is TRANS_MODE—G1000 transponder mode

BI

Bidirectional

NONE

Not in transponder mode

UNI

Unidirectional

VRGRDTM

Verification guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1

 

Parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER—optimized 1+1 verification guard timer

0.5

500 ms

1.0

1 second

DTGRDTM

Detection guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1

 

Parameter type is DETECTION _GUARD_TIMER—optimized 1+1 detection guard timer

0.0

0 seconds

0.05

50 ms

0.1

100 ms

0.5

500 ms

1.0 to 5.0

1 second to 5 seconds

RCGRDTM

Recovery guard timer. Only applicable to optimized 1+1

 

Parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER—optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer

0.0

0 seconds

0.05

50 ms

0.1

100 ms

0.5

500 ms

1.0 to 10.0

1 second to 10 seconds


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.56  ED-FFP-OCH

Edit Facility Protection Group Optical Channel

Usage Guidelines

This command changes the provisioning for the default protection group on the DWDM port of a TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G card.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

DLT-LNKTERM

DLT-OSC

DLT-WLEN

ED-APC

ED-CLNT

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-LNKTERM

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OSC

ED-OTS

ED-SLV-WDMANS

ED-TRC-OCH

ED-WDMANS

ED-WLEN

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ENT-LNKTERM

ENT-OSC

ENT-WLEN

EX-SW-<STM_BLSR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-APC

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

OPR-WDMANS

REPT SW

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-APC

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-ESCON

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-LNKTERM

RTRV-NE-APC

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OPM

RTRV-OSC

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

RTRV-TRC-OCH

RTRV-WDMANS

RTRV-WLEN

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ED-FFP-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[PROTID=<PROTID>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,]
[RVTM=<RVTM>,][PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>][:];

Input Example

ED-FFP-OCH:VA454-22:CHAN-2-2:100:::PROTID="FIXED PROTECTION",RVRTV=N,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI;

Input Parameters

Table 3-59 ED-FFP-OCH Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section

PROTAID

The protection group identifier (protection group name). String

RVRTV

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

RVTM

Revertive time

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

PSDIRN

Protection switch operation

 

Parameter type is TRANS_MODE—G1000 transponder mode

BI

Bidirectional

NONE

Not in transponder mode

UNI

Unidirectional


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.57  ED-FSTE

Edit Fast Ethernet

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the front end port information of the fast (10/100 Mbps) Ethernet card.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ED-FSTE:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FLOW=<FLOW>,][EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>,]
[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>,][VLANCOS=<VLANCOS>,][IPTOS=<IPTOS>,][NAME=<NAME>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,][SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-FSTE:CISCO:FAC-1-1:123:::FLOW=FLOW,EXPDUPLEX=EXPDUPLEX,
EXPSPEED=EXPSPEED, VLANCOS=VLANCOS,IPTOS=IPTOS,
NAME="FSTE PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,SOAK=32:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-60 ED-FSTE Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

FLOW

Flow control

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

EXPDUPLEX

Ethernet duplex mode

 

Parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX—duplex mode

AUTO

Auto mode

FULL

Full mode

HALF

Half mode

EXPSPEED

Ethernet speed

 

Parameter type is ETHER_SPEED—Ethernet speed

100_MBPS

100 Mbps

10_GBPS

10 Gbps

10_MBPS

10 Mbps

1_GBPS

1 Gbps

AUTO

Auto

VLANCOS

Priority queing threshold based on VLAN class of service of incoming Ethernet packets. Default value is 1175. Integer

IPTOS

Priority queing threshold based on IP type of service of incoming Ethernet packets. Default value is 368Integer

NAME

Name. String

CMDMDE

Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from Unlocked-Normal or Locked-Autonomous,AutomaticInService service status

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

SOAK

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.58  ED-G1000

Edit G1000

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes related to a G1000 port.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ED-G1000:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MFS=<MFS>,][FLOW=<FLOW>,]
[LOWMRK=<LOWMRK>,][HIWMRK=<HIWMRK>,][AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>,]
[NAME=<NAME>,][ENCAP=<ENCAP>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>,]
[SOAK=<SOAK>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-G1000:TID:FAC-1-1:CTAG:::MFS=1548,FLOW=Y,LOWMRK=20,HIWMRK=492,
AUTONEG=Y,NAME="G1000 PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE,SOAK=32:UNLOCKED,DSBLD;

Input Parameters

Table 3-61 ED-G1000 Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section

MFS

Maximum frame size

 

Parameter type is MFS_TYPE—maximum frame size used by an Ethernet card

1548

Normal frame size

JUMBO

Jumbo frame size

FLOW

Flow control

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

LOWMRK

Low watermark value. Integer. Defaults to 25

HIWMRK

High watermark value. Integer. Defaults to 485

AUTONEG

Automatic negotiation. Optional

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

NAME

Name. String

CMDMDE

Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from Unlocked-Normal or Locked-Autonomous,AutomaticInService service state

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

SOAK

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15 minute intervals, so a value of 4 translates to a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer

ENCAP

Encapsulation. String

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.59  ED-GFP

Edit Generic Framing Protocol

Usage Guidelines

This command applies to the FC_MR-4 card.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ALW-SWDX-EQPT

ALW-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

ALW-SWTOWKG-EQPT

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-DS3I

ED-E1/ED-E3/ED-E4

ED-FAC

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-HDLC

ED-STM1E

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

EX-SW-<STM_MSSPR>

INH-SWDX-EQPT

INH-SWTOPROTN-EQPT

INH-SWTOWKG-EQPT

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT SW

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1/RTRV-E3/RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP

RTRV-GIGE

RTRV-HDLC

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>

RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>

RTRV-POS

RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-STM1E

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>

SCHED-PMREPT-<MOD2>

SET-ALMTH-<MOD2>

SET-TH-<MOD2>

SW-DX-EQPT

SW-TOPROTN-EQPT

SW-TOWKG-EQPT


Input Format

ED-GFP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[FCS=<FCS>,][AUTOTHGFPBUF=<AUTOTHGFPBUF>,]
[GFPBUF=<GFPBUF>,][FILTER=<FILTER>];

Input Example

ED-GFP:CISCO:VFAC-1-0:123:::FCS=N,AUTOTHGFPBUF=Y,GFPBUF=16,FILTER=EGRESS;

Input Parameters

Table 3-62 ED-GFP Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "FACILITY" section.

FCS

Payload frame check sequence

 

Parameter type is FCS—frame check sequence

FCS-16

Frame check sequencing using 16 bits

FCS-32

Frame check sequencing using 32 bits

NONE

No frame check sequence

AUTOTHGFPBUF

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

GFPBUF

GFP buffer size. Integer

FILTER

Parameter type is GFP_FILTER—provides filter feature in GFP

EGRESS

Active filter feature egress port

NONE

Turn off filter feature


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.60  ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

Edit Link (OCH, OMS, OTS)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits an optical link state.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OTS

ED-TRC-OCH

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-TRC-OCH


Input Format

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>:[<TID>]:<FROM>,<TO>:<CTAG>:::[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,
[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-LNK-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1-TX,
BAND-13-1-RX:114:::CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-63 ED-LNK-<MODO> Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

FROM

Identifier at one end of the optical link from the "BAND" section

TO

Identifier at the other end of the optical link from the "BAND" section

CMDMDE

Command Mode. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a VCAT member cross- connect from Unlocked-Normal or Locked-Autonomous,AutomaticInService service state

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state

Note PST is not supported for OCH provisioning.

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

Note SST is not supported for OCH provisioning.

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.61  ED-LNKTERM

Edit Provisionable Patchcord Termination

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes of a provisionable patchcord that has already been created. Only the remote end attributes (REMOTENODE, REMOTELNKTERMID) can be edited.

Notes:

1. No two provisionable patchcord terminations on a node can have the same remote end link termination information. An attempt to modify an existing provisionable patchcord termination while not following the above restriction will lead to an error message being responsed.

2. If the provisionable patchcord termination does not exist, an error message will be responsed.

3. This command does not accept multiple and ALL AIDs.

4. REMOTENODE is a string with a maximum length of 20 characters.

Category

Provisionable Patchcords

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

DLT-LNKTERM

DLT-OSC

DLT-WLEN

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OSC

ED-OTS

ED-SLV-WDMANS

ED-TRC-OCH

ED-WDMANS

ED-WLEN

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ENT-LNKTERM

ENT-OSC

ENT-WLEN

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

OPR-WDMANS

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-LNKTERM

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OSC

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

RTRV-TRC-OCH

RTRV-WDMANS

RTRV-WLEN


Input Format

ED-LNKTERM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[REMOTENODE=<REMOTENODE>,]
[REMOTELNKTERMID=<REMOTELNKTERMID>];

Input Example

ED-LNKTERM::LNKTERM-1:CTAG:::REMOTENODE=172.20.208.226,
REMOTELNKTERMID=25;

Input Parameters

Table 3-64 ED-LNKTERM Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "LNKTERM" section. Indicates a link (provisionable patchcord) termination on the local node

REMOTENODE

The node where the other end of the provisionable patchcord resides. This can be an IP address or a valid TID. Defaults to the IP address of the local node/existing value. String

REMOTELNKTERMID

The corresponding provisionable patchcord termination on the remote node (as specified by the REMOTENODE parameter). Integer value within the range of 1 to 65535. Defaults to existing value


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.62  ED-NE-GEN

Edit Network Element General

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the node attributes of the NE.

Notes:

1. Only the IPADDR, IPMASK, DEFRTR, IIOP PORT and node name can be modified with this command.

2. The node name can be a maximum of 20 characters. If the entered name exceeds 20 characters, an IPNV (Node Name Too Long) error message is returned.

3. An existing NTP timing source can be removed by setting the address to 0.0.0.0.

4. The maximum length of ipaddr and defrtr is 20 characters. The default value is the local IP address and default router.

5. The maximum length of ipmask is 18 characters. The default value is the mask of local IP address.

6. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.


Caution Changing the IPADDR, IPMASK, or IIOP Port will cause a reset of the TCC2/TCC2P.

Category

System

Security

Superuser

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-ALL

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

ALW-MSG-SECU

ED-DAT

ED-NE-PATH

ED-NE-SYNCN

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

INH-MSG-SECU

INIT-SYS

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-TOD

SET-TOD


Input Format

ED-NE-GEN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[NAME=<NAME>,][IPADDR=<IPADDR>,]
[IPMASK=<IPMASK>,][DEFRTR=<DEFRTR>,][IIOPPORT=<IIOPPORT>,][NTP=<NTP>,]
[ETHIPADDR=<ETHIPADDR>,][ETHIPMASK=<ETHIPMASK>];

Input Example

ED-NE-GEN:CISCO::123:::NAME=NODENAME,IPADDR=192.168.100.52,
IPMASK=255.255.255.0,DEFRTR=192.168.100.1,IIOPPORT=57790,
NTP=192.168.100.52,ETHIPADDR=172.20.208.225,ETHIPMASK=255.255.255.0;

Input Parameters

Table 3-65 ED-NE-GEN Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

NAME

Node name. String

IPADDR

Node IP address. String

IPMASK

Node IP mask. String

DEFRTR

Node default router. String

IIOPPORT

Node IIOP port. Integer

NTP

Node NTP timing origin address. String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.63  ED-NE-PATH

Edit Network Element Paths

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the path attributes of the NE.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

System

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-ALL

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

ALW-MSG-SECU

ED-DAT

ED-NE-GEN

ED-NE-SYNCN

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

INH-MSG-SECU

INIT-SYS

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-TOD

SET-TOD


Input Format

ED-NE-PATH:[<TID>]::<CTAG>[:::PDIP=<PDIP>];

Input Example

ED-NE-PATH:::CTAG:::PDIP=Y;

Input Parameters

Table 3-66 ED-NE-PATH Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

PDIP

Flag used to indicate whether PDI-P should be generated on the outgoing VT structured VCs

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.64  ED-NE-SYNCN

Edit Network Element Synchronization

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the synchronization attributes of the NE.

Notes:

1. Although mixed mode timing is supported in this release, it is not recommended. See the "Mixed Mode Timing Support" section for more information.

2. The ONS 15454 SDH mode functionality is:

External mode: the node derives its timing from the BITS inputs.

Line mode: the node derives its timing from the SDH line(s).

Mixed mode: the node derives its timing from the BITS input or SDH lines.

3. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Synchronization

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-ALL

ALW-MSG-DBCHG

ALW-MSG-SECU

ED-BITS

ED-DAT

ED-NE-GEN

ED-NE-PATH

ED-SYNCN

INH-MSG-ALL

INH-MSG-DBCHG

INH-MSG-SECU

INIT-SYS

OPR-SYNCNSW

REPT ALM BITS

REPT ALM SYNCN

REPT EVT BITS

REPT EVT SYNCN

RLS-SYNCNSW

RTRV-ALM-BITS

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN

RTRV-BITS

RTRV-COND-BITS

RTRV-COND-SYNCN

RTRV-HDR

RTRV-INV

RTRV-NE-GEN

RTRV-NE-IPMAP

RTRV-NE-PATH

RTRV-NE-SYNCN

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-SYNCN

RTRV-TOD

SET-TOD


Input Format

ED-NE-SYNCN:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[TMMD=<TMMD>,][SSMGEN=<SSMGEN>,]
[QRES=<QRES>,][RVRTV=<RVRTV>,][RVTM=<RVTM>];

Input Example

ED-NE-SYNCN:CISCO::123:::TMMD=LINE,SSMGEN=GEN1,QRES=ABOVE-PRS,
RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0;

Input Parameters

Table 3-67 ED-NE-SYNCN Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

TMMD

Timing mode. A null value is equivalent to ALL

 

Parameter type is TIMING_MODE—timing mode for the current node

EXTERNAL

The node derives its clock from the BITS input

LINE

The node derives it's clock from the SDH lines

MIXED

The node derives it's clock from the mixed timing mode

SSMGEN

Synchronization status message set. A null value is equivalent to ALL

 

Parameter type is SYNC_GENERATION—synchronization status message set generation

GEN1

First generation SSM set

GEN2

Second generation SSM set

QRES

Quality of the RES. A null value is equivalent to ALL

 

Parameter type is SYNC_QUALITY_LEVEL—network synchronization quality level

ABOVE-PRS

Better than primary reference source. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set

ABOVE-SMC

Between SMC and ST3. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set

ABOVE-ST2

Between ST2 and STU. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set

ABOVE-ST3

For Generation-1 SSM set, between ST3 and ST2. For Generation-2 SSM set, between ST3 and ST3E

ABOVE-ST3E

Between ST3E and TNC. Valid setting only for Generation-2 SSM set

ABOVE-ST4

Between ST4 and ST3. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set

ABOVE-STU

Between STU and PRS. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set. This is Default Setting

ABOVE-TNC

Between TNC and ST2. Valid setting only for Generation-2 SSM set

BELOW-ST4

Below ST4 but still usable. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set

SAME-AS-DUS

Disable the RES message by equating it to DUS. Valid setting for Generation-1 and Generation-2 SSM Set

RVRTV

Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that the protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that the protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. A null value is equivalent to ALL

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

RVTM

Revertive time. A null value is equivalent to ALL

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.65  ED-OCH

Edit Optical Channel (OCH)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OCH facility.

See the "Provisioning Rules for Transponder and Muxponder Cards" section for specific card provisioning rules.


Note Primary=Locked and secondary=AutomaticInService status do not apply to Ethernet mode.


The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-OMS

ED-OTS

ED-TRC-OCH

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-TRC-OCH


Input Format

ED-OCH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RDIRN=<RDIRN>,][EXPWLEN=<EXPWLEN>,]
[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>,][VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>,][CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>,]
[CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>,][NAME=<PORTNAME>,][SFBER=<SFBER>,][SDBER=<SDBER>,]
[COMM=<COMM>,][GCCRATE=<GCCRATE>,][OSDBER=<OSDBER>,][DWRAP=<DWRAP>,]
[FEC=<FEC>,][PAYLOADMAP=<PAYLOADMAP>,][MACADDR=<MACADDR>,]
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>,][SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>,][SOAK=<SOAK>,][OSPF=<OSPF>,]
[CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-OCH:CISCO:CHAN-6-2:114:::RDIRN=W-E,EXPWLEN=1530.32,VOAATTN=2.5,
VOAPWR=7.5,CALOPWR=0,CHPOWER=2.0,NAME="NYLINE",SFBER=1E-5,SDBER=1E-6,
COMM=DCC,GCCRATE=192K,OSDBER=1E-6,DWRAP=Y,FEC=STD,PAYLOADMAP=ASYNCH,MACADDR=00-0E-AA-BB-CC-DD,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=Y,SOAK=10,OSPF=Y,
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:LOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-68 ED-OCH Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "CHANNEL" section

RDIRN

Ring directionality of the optical line

 

Parameter type is RDIRN_MODE—the optical ring directionality

E-W

The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise)

W-E

The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise)

EXPWLEN

Optical wavelength for this port. Applicable only to the following cards: optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexor and demultiplexor cards and OADM cards

 

Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN—optical wavelength

1530.33

Wavelength 1

1531.12

Wavelength 2

1531.90

Wavelength 3

1532.68

Wavelength 4

1534.25

Wavelength 5

1535.04

Wavelength 6

1535.82

Wavelength 7

1536.61

Wavelength 8

1538.19

Wavelength 9

1538.98

Wavelength 10

1539.77

Wavelength 11

1540.56

Wavelength 12

1542.14

Wavelength 13

1542.94

Wavelength 14

1543.73

Wavelength 15

1544.53

Wavelength 16

1546.12

Wavelength 17

1546.92

Wavelength 18

1547.72

Wavelength 19

1548.51

Wavelength 20

1550.12

Wavelength 21

1550.92

Wavelength 22

1551.72

Wavelength 23

1552.52

Wavelength 24

1554.13

Wavelength 25

1554.94

Wavelength 26

1555.75

Wavelength 27

1556.55

Wavelength 28

1558.17

Wavelength 29

1558.98

Wavelength 30

1559.79

Wavelength 31

1560.61

Wavelength 32

USE-TWL1

Use Tunable Wavelength 1

VOAATTN

The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA. It is expressed in dBm. For the following cards: optical service channel, optical amplifier, dispersion compensation units, multiplexor and demultiplexor and OADM, the range is 0.0 to +30.0. Not supported for TXP or MXP cards. Float

VOAPWR

The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Applicable only to the following cards: optical service channel, optical amplifier, dispersion compensation units, multiplexor and demultiplexor and OADM. Float

CALOPWR

The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Applicable only to the following cards: optical service channel, optical amplifier, dispersion compensation units, multiplexor and demultiplexor and OADM. Defaults to 0 dBm. Float

CHPOWER

The value of per channel optical power expected to the OCH drop port of an AD-4C unit. CHPOWER is a float expressed in dBm

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

PORTNAME

Port name. String

SFBER

Signal failure threshold for the SDH payload. Can only be provisioned on the working port

 

Parameter type is SF_BER—the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path

1E-3

SFBER is 1E-3

1E-4

SFBER is 1E-4

1E-5

SFBER is 1E-5

SDBER

Signal degrade threshold for the SDH payload. Can only be provisioned on the working port

 

Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path

1E-5

SDBER is 1E-5

1E-6

SDBER is 1E-6

1E-7

SDBER is 1E-7

1E-8

SDBER is 1E-8

1E-9

SDBER is 1E-9

COMM

The GCC or DCC is enabled or disabled. The GCC can be enabled only if the digital wrapper has been enabled for the card. The default is NONE. Rules for an MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G client port are; only the DCC can be provisioned, if the termination mode is not transparent and the payload is SDH. On an MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G DWDM port, the DCC can be enabled only if the G.709 is not enabled and if the payload is SDH and the termination mode is not transparent. On an MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G DWDM port, the GCC can be enabled if there is no DCC and the G.709 flag is enabled. On a TXP/MXP DWDM port, the DCC/GCC can be disabled only if there are no provisionable patchcord terminations provisioned on the trunk port

 

Parameter type is COMM_TYPE—out of band communications channel termination type

DCC

Section DCC type

GCC

Generic communication channel (OTN) type

NONE

Disable DCC or GCC if enabled

GCCRATE

The data rate of the GCC traffic. The default is 192Kbps. For MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G cards this applies only to the DWDM port.

Note The 576K option is not supported for this release (R5.0)

 

Parameter type is GCCRATE—the data rate of the GCC traffic

192K

192 kbps

576K

576 kbps

DWRAP

The G.709 digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port.

To enable G.709:

there should be no GCC on the DWDM port

the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED

To disable G.709:

there should be no GCC on the DWDM port

the FEC should be turned to off

there should be no overhead circuit created on the DWDM port

none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y cable protection group (muxponder only)

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

FEC

Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if the G.709 is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FE enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON

 

Parameter type is FEC_MODE—specifies the type of forward error correction

ENH

Enhanced FEC is enabled

OFF

FEC is disabled

STD

Standard FEC is enabled

PAYLOADMAP

The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if the G.709 is turned ON and FEC is enabled

 

Parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING—payload mapping mode

ASYNCH

Asynchronous mapping mode

ODU

ODU multiplex structure mode

SYNCH

Synchronous mapping mode

MACADDR

MAC address for the 10GigE payload. String

SYNCMSG

The facility be enabled to provide the synchronization clock. This does not apply to the TXPD-10G card. This applies to an MXPD-10G card, only if the payload is SONET/SDH and the card termination mode is as follows:
TRANSPARENT - All Client ports are available for all timing selections. All Trunk ports are not available.
LINE - All ports are available for all-timing selections

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

SENDDUS

The facility sends out a Do not Use for Sync message. This does not apply to the TXPD-10G card. This applies to an MXPD-10G card, only if the payload is SONET/SDH and the card termination mode is as follows:
TRANSPARENT- All Client ports are available for all timing selections. All Trunk ports are not available.
LINE - All ports are available for all-timing selections

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

SOAK

Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. A value of 4 equals a soak time of 1 hour. The allowable range is 0 to 192 intervals (maximum of 48 hours). Integer

OSPF

Open shortest path first

 

Parameter type is EXT_RING—indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

N

The ring does not support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

Y

The ring does support the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol

CMDMDE

Command mode

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.66  ED-OMS

Edit Optical Multiplex Section (OMS)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OMS facility.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-OCH

ED-OTS

ED-TRC-OCH

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-TRC-OCH


Input Format

ED-OMS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RDIRN=<RDIRN>,][EXPBAND=<EXPBAND>,]
[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>,][VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>,][CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>,]
[CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>,][NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-OMS:PENNGROVE:BAND-6-1:114:::RDIRN=W-E,EXPBAND=1530.32-1532.68,
VOAATTN=2.5,VOAPWR=7.5,CALOPWR=0.0,CHPOWER=2.0,NAME="OMSPORT",
CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-69 ED-OMS Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "BAND" section

RDIRN

Ring directionality of the optical line

 

Parameter type is RDIRN_MODE—the optical ring directionality

E-W

The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise)

W-E

The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise)

EXPBAND

The expected value of band for this port

 

Parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND—optical band

1530.33 to 1532.68

Band 1

1534.25 to 1536.61

Band 2

1538.19 to 1540.56

Band 3

1542.14 to 1544.53

Band 4

1546.12 to 1548.51

Band 5

1550.12 to 1552.52

Band 6

1554.13 to 1556.55

Band 7

1558.17 to 1560.61

Band 8

USE-DEFAULT

This band is not yet configured/retrieved from unit

VOAATTN

The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. Float

VOAPWR

The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Float

CALOPWR

The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. Float

CHPOWER

The value of per channel optical power. Float expressed in dBm

 

Parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME—revertive time

0.5 to 12.0

Revertive time is 0.5 to 12.0 minutes

NAME

Port name. String

CMDMDE

Command mode

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.67  ED-OSC

Edit Optical Service Channel (OSC)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the OSC group attributes.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

DLT-LNKTERM

DLT-OSC

DLT-WLEN

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-LNKTERM

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OTS

ED-SLV-WDMANS

ED-TRC-OCH

ED-WDMANS

ED-WLEN

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ENT-LNKTERM

ENT-OSC

ENT-WLEN

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

OPR-WDMANS

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-LNKTERM

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OSC

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

RTRV-TRC-OCH

RTRV-WDMANS

RTRV-WLEN


Input Format

ED-OSC:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RINGID=<RINGID>,][NODEID=<NODEID>];

Input Example

ED-OSC:PENNGROVE:OSC-1:114:::RINGID=1,NODEID=10;

Input Parameters

Table 3-70 ED-OSC Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "OSC" section

RINGID

The OSC ring ID of the NE up to six characters. Valid characters are A-Z and 0-9. String. Default value is "# of AID OSC-#". Integer

NODEID

The OSC node ID of the NE. NODEID ranges from 0 to 31. Integer


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.68  ED-OTS

Edit Optical Transport Section (OTS)

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTS facility.

The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-TRC-OCH

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-TRC-OCH


Input Format

ED-OTS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[RDIRN=<RDIRN>,][VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>,]
[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>,][OFFSET=<OFFSET>,][CALTILT=<CALTILT>,][OSRI=<OSRI>,]
[AMPLMODE=<AMPLMODE>,][CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>,][EXPGAIN=<EXPGAIN>,]
[NAME=<NAME>,][CMDMDE=<CMDMDE>]:<PST>,[<SST>];

Input Example

ED-OTS:PENNGROVE:LINE-6-1:114:::RDIRN=W-E,VOAATTN=5.0,VOAPWR=10.0,OFFSET=0.0,CALTILT=0.0,OSRI=N,AMPLMODE=GAIN,CHPOWER=10.0,EXPGAIN=-5.0,
NAME="OTS PORT",CMDMDE=CMDMDE:UNLOCKED,AUTOMATICINSERVICE;

Input Parameters

Table 3-71 ED-OTS Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "LINE" section

RDIRN

Ring directionality of the optical line

 

Parameter type is RDIRN_MODE—the optical ring directionality

E-W

The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise)

W-E

The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise)

VOAATTN

The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is 0.0 to +30.0. Float

VOAPWR

The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Float

OFFSET

The calibration value of the optical power added to the calculated reference value. Defaults to 0 dBm. Float

CALTILT

The amplifier calibration tilt offset to be added to the calculated reference value. Defaults to 0 dBm. Float. Optional

OSRI

OSRI enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the safety is supported. Optional

 

Parameter type is ON_OFF—disable or enable an attribute

N

Disable an attribute

Y

Enable an attribute

AMPLMODE

The optical amplification control mode

 

Parameter type is AMPL_MODE—defines amplifier control mode

GAIN

The amplifier always maintains a fixed gain

POWER

The amplifier maintains the output power to a fixed value

CHPOWER

The per channel optical power. Float

EXPGAIN

The gain expected value to be reached from an amplifier when the node is part of a DWDM access network. Float

NAME

The name of the port. String

CMDMDE

Command mode

 

Parameter type is CMDMDE—forces the system to execute a given command regardless of any standing conditions. Normal mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify FRCD to force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

FRCD

Force the system to override a state in which the command would normally be denied

NORM

Execute the command normally. Do not override any conditions that may make the command fail

PST

Primary state

 

Parameter type is PST—indicates the current overall service condition of an entity

Unlocked

In service

Locked

Out of service

SST

Secondary state

 

Parameter type is SST—provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ

AutomaticInService

Automatic in service

Disabled

Disabled

Loopback

Loopback

MismatchofEquipmentAlarm

Mismatch of equipment and attributes

Maintenance

Maintenance mode

OutOfGroup

Out of group

SoftwareDownload

Software downloading

Unassigned

Unassigned

NotInstalled

Unequipped


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.69  ED-PID

Edit Password

Usage Guidelines

This command allows a user to change his or her own password. The password cannot be null.

Notes:

1. Passwords are masked for the following security commands: ACT-USER, ED-PID, ENT-USER-SECU and ED-USER-SECU. Access to a TL1 session via any means will have the password masked. The CTC Request History and Message Log will also show the masked commands. When a password-masked command is re-issued by double-clicking the command from CTC Request History, the password will still be masked in the CTC Request History and Message Log. The actual password that was previously issued will be sent to the NE. To use a former command as a template only, single-click the command in CTC Request History. The command will be placed in the Command Request text box, where you can edit the appropriate fields prior to re-issuing it.

2. The password will not appear in the TL1 log on the NE.

3. For the ED-PID command:

ED-PID:[TID]:<UID>:[CTAG]::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;

the syntax of OLDPID is not checked. The NEWPID is required to follow Telcordia standards (i.e., 10 characters maximum including 1 letter, 1 number, and any one of the following characters: #, %, or +). The OLDPID must match what is in the database.

4. You must use the ED-USER-SECU command to change the default password (empty) for the CISCO15 superuser.

5. The ED-PID command cannot be used to change the empty password to a valid password.

Category

Security

Security

Retrieve

Related Commands

ACT-USER

ALW-MSG-SECU

ALW-USER-SECU

CANC

CANC-USER

CANC-USER-SECU

CLR-COND-SECU

DLT-USER-SECU

ED-CMD-SECU

ED-USER-SECU

ENT-USER-SECU

INH-MSG-SECU

INH-USER-SECU

REPT ALM SECU

REPT EVT SECU

REPT EVT SESSION

RTRV-CMD-SECU

RTRV-DFLT-SECU

RTRV-USER-SECU

SET-ATTR-SECUDFLT


Input Format

ED-PID:[<TID>]:<UID>:<CTAG>::<OLDPID>,<NEWPID>;

Input Example

ED-PID:CISCO:UID:123::OLDPWD,NEWPWD;

Input Parameters

Table 3-72 ED-PID Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

UID

User identifier. Up to 10 alphanumeric characters. String

OLDPID

The user's old password. Up to 10 alphanumeric characters. Passwords are encrypted and will be displayed as asterisks (*). String

NEWPID

The user's new password. Up to 10 alphanumeric characters. Passwords are encrypted and will be displayed as asterisks (*). String


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.70  ED-SLV-WDMANS

Edit Span Loss Verification Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Setup

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the expected span loss verification.

Category

DWDM

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-LNK-<MOD2O>

DLT-LNKTERM

DLT-OSC

DLT-WLEN

ED-DWDM

ED-FFP-OCH

ED-LNK-<MOD2O>

ED-LNKTERM

ED-OCH

ED-OMS

ED-OSC

ED-OTS

ED-TRC-OCH

ED-WDMANS

ED-WLEN

ENT-LNK-<MOD2O>

ENT-LNKTERM

ENT-OSC

ENT-WLEN

OPR-LASER-OTS

OPR-PROTNSW-OCH

OPR-SLV-WDMANS

OPR-WDMANS

RLS-LASER-OTS

RLS-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-DWDM

RTRV-FFP-OCH

RTRV-LNK-<MOD2O>

RTRV-LNKTERM

RTRV-NE-WDMANS

RTRV-OCH

RTRV-OMS

RTRV-OSC

RTRV-OTS

RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH

RTRV-SLV-WDMANS

RTRV-TRC-OCH

RTRV-WDMANS

RTRV-WLEN


Input Format

ED-SLV-WDMANS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>,]
[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP>];

Input Example

ED-SLV-WDMANS:VA454-22:WDMANS-E:116:::HIGHSLVEXP=10.0,LOWSLVEXP=5.0;

Input Parameters

Table 3-73 ED-SLV-WDMANS Input Parameters 

Parameter and Values
Description

AID

Access identifier from the "WDMANS" section

HIGHSLVEXP

The high range value of the expected span loss verification. Float

LOWSLVEXP

The low range value of the expected span loss verification. Float


Errors

Errors are listed in Table 6-1

3.2.71  ED-STM1E

Edit STM1E

Usage Guidelines

This command edits the attributes and the state of the STM1E port facility. The default values for all optional parameters are NE default values. These values may not be the current value for a parameter. In order to obtain the current value, issue the RTRV-XX command.

Category

Ports

Security

Provisioning

Related Commands

DLT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

DLT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-<GIGE_TYPE>

ED-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

ED-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-<STM_TYPE>

ED-ALS

ED-DS3I

ED-E1

ED-E3

ED-E4

ED-FAC

ED-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ED-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

ED-FSTE

ED-G1000

ED-GFP

ED-HDLC

ENT-<MOD1PAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

ENT-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

INIT-REG-<MOD2>

OPR-ALS

OPR-LPBK-<MOD2>

OPR-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

OPR-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

REPT PM <MOD2>

RLS-LPBK-<MOD2>

RLS-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RLS-PROTNSW-<STM_TYPE>

RMV-<MOD2>

RST-<MOD2>

RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-10GIGE

RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>

RTRV-ALS

RTRV-DS3I

RTRV-E1

RTRV-E3

RTRV-E4

RTRV-FAC

RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>

RTRV-FFP-<STM_TYPE>

RTRV-FSTE

RTRV-G1000

RTRV-GFP